The DAU Experience

At the Defense Acquisition University (DAU), we are committed to providing our students and

customers the “DAU Experience.” By consistently offering quality, relevant, and valuable services, DAU has become a premier corporate university serving the Department of Defense

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) community.

The DAU Experience exemplifies our commitment to each and every student, customer, stakeholder, faculty member and staff employee. It means you will receive the same positive experience anywhere, anytime, no matter what part of DAU you encounter.

DAU is your university. We offer the courses and career-long learning assets you need, when

and where you need them.

As DAU helps shape the future for the Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics Community, our

values—customer focus, performance excellence, speed and agility, and teamwork—are at

the core of all we do. We promise to deliver quality training and learning assets that are

relevant in today’s AT&L environment, to remain connected with our customers, and be responsive to your needs.
i

THE DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY

2005 CATALOG
ii

Publisher: DAU Press

Catalog Director: Kelley Berta

Assistant: Donna Mandley

Managing Editor: Kathryn Sondheimer

Editors: Judith Greig and Collie Johnson

Graphic Arts Director/Cover Design: Paula Croisetiere

Layout/Graphics/Production: Kathryn Sondheimer

Photographers: SSG Kevin Moses, USA, and

 SSG Mason Lowery, USA

The placement of photos does not necessarily depict any relationship to a specific course or region. Some photos are digitally enhanced.

The Defense Acquisition University 2005 Catalog is published by the Defense Acquisition University Press, 9820 Belvoir Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565.

This Catalog is current as of 1 October 2004. Updates are periodically made on the

DAU Home Page at http://www.dau.mil/catalog.
iii

DAU Vision, Mission, and Strategic Goals...................................................................................................................................... vi

Message from the President .............................................................................................................................................................. vii

AT&L Performance Learning Model ............................................................................................................................................... viii

Chapter 1 The Defense Acquisition University ............................................................................................................................. 1

The Defense Acquisition University .................................................................................................................................................. 3

DAU Leadership ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 4

Workforce Management ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5

DAU Board of Visitors ............................................................................................................................................................................. 6

What’s New at DAU ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7

Chapter 2 Administrative Information ................................................................................................................................................ 9

Administrative Information ................................................................................................................................................................. 11

Course Information ......................................................................................................................................................................... 11

Acquisition Workforce and Acquisition Corps Education Standards ........................................................................... 13

Student Information ....................................................................................................................................................................... 13

Course Registration and Quota Allocation ............................................................................................................................ 14

Registration Procedures ................................................................................................................................................................ 15

Chapter 3 DAU Learning Assets ................................................................................................................................................. 17

DAU Learning Assets ............................................................................................................................................................................. 19

The AT&L PLM ... Training Courses ......................................................................................................................................... 19

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management .................................................................... 20

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A .......................................................................................... 20

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B .......................................................................................... 21

ACQ 401 Senior Acquisition Course .......................................................................................................................... 21

ACQ 403 Defense Acquisition Executive Overview Workshop .................................................................... 22

ACQ 404 Systems Acquisition Management Course for General/Flag Officers .................................... 22

ACQ 405 Executive Refresher Course ...................................................................................................................... 23

AUD 1130 Technical Indoctrination ............................................................................................................................. 23

AUD 1320 Intermediate Contract Auditing .............................................................................................................. 24

AUD 4120 Statistical Sampling ...................................................................................................................................... 24

AUD 4230 Graphic, Computational, and Improvement Curve Analysis Techniques .............................. 25

AUD 8562 Defense Contract Audit Agency Personnel Management Policy ............................................. 25

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis .............................................................................................................. 26

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management................................................................................. 26

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management ....................................................................... 27

BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management ......................................................................................... 27

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis ....................................................................................................................... 28

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (Formerly Contractor Finance for Acquisition Managers) ...... 28

BCF 206 Cost Risk Analysis ......................................................................................................................................... 29

BCF 207 Economic Analysis ........................................................................................................................................ 29

BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating .......................................................................................................................... 30

BCF 209A Acquisition Reporting Course, Part A (Formerly Selected Acquisition Report)........................ 30

BCF 209B Acquisition Reporting Course, Part B (Formerly Selected Acquisition Report) ......................... 31

BCF 209C Acquisition Reporting Course, Part C (Formerly Selected Acquisition Report) ........................ 31

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management ....................................................................................................... 32

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis .................................................................................................. 32

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop ......................................... 33

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements............................................................................................... 33

CON 104A Principles of Contract Pricing, Part A .................................................................................................... 34

CON 104B Principles of Contract Pricing, Part B .................................................................................................... 34

CON 110 Mission Support Planning.......................................................................................................................... 35

Contents
iv

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution ...................................................................................................................... 35

CON 112 Mission Performance Assessment ......................................................................................................... 36

CON 120 Mission Focused Contracting .................................................................................................................... 36

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting .......................................................................................................................... 37

CON 204 Intermediate Contract Pricing.................................................................................................................. 37

CON 210 Government Contract Law ....................................................................................................................... 38

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts ............................................................................... 38

CON 234 Contingency Contracting ........................................................................................................................... 39

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing ........................................................................................................................ 39

CON 236 Contractual Aspects of Value Engineering ......................................................................................... 40

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures .......................................................................................................... 40

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting ................................................................................................................ 41

CON 244 Construction Contracting ............................................................................................................................ 41

CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards – Part I ................................................................... 42

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards – Part II ................................................................. 42

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A .................................................................................................... 43

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B .................................................................................................... 43

CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support.......................................................................... 44

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering....................................................................................................... 44

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management ............................................................................................... 45

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals........................................... 45

IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals ....................................................................... 46

IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration and Disposition ............................................. 46

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition ................................................................................................ 47

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition ................................................................................ 47

IRM 303 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition ...................................................................................... 48

LAW 801 Acquisition Law ............................................................................................................................................. 48

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals....................................................................................................... 49

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals ...................................................................... 49

LOG 201A Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A .......................................................................................... 50

LOG 201B Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B .......................................................................................... 50

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability ............................................................................................................... 51

LOG 204 Configuration Management .................................................................................................................... 51

LOG 235A Performance Based Logistics, Part A .................................................................................................... 52

LOG 235B Performance Based Logistics, Part B .................................................................................................... 52

LOG 304 Executive Life Cycle Logistics Management..................................................................................... 53

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management .................................................................................................. 53

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control ............................................................. 54

PMT 250 Program Management Tools ................................................................................................................... 54

PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop.......................................................................... 55

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A .................................................................................. 55

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B ................................................................................... 56

PMT 401 The Program Manager’s Course ............................................................................................................ 56

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course ................................................................................................ 57

PMT 403 Program Manager’s Skills ......................................................................................................................... 57

PQM 101 Production, Quality and Manufacturing Fundamentals ............................................................... 58

PQM 103 Defense Specification Management .................................................................................................... 58

PQM 104 Specification Selection and Application............................................................................................... 59

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality and Manufacturing, Part A................................................... 59

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality and Manufacturing, Part B ................................................... 60

PQM 202 Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item Acquisition Course for Technical Personnel ....... 60

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Descriptions for Engineering and Technical Personnel ..... 61

PQM 212 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel ....................................................... 61

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality and Manufacturing ........................................................................ 62

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management ........................................................................................... 62

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management .......................................................................... 63

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management ................................................................................ 63

STM 201 Intermediate S&T Management ............................................................................................................ 64

STM 302 Advanced S&T Management .................................................................................................................. 64

SYS 201A Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part A ....... 65

SYS 201B Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part B ........ 65
v

SYS 301 Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering ..................................... 66

TST 101 Introduction to Acquisition Workforce Test and Evaluation ....................................................... 66

TST 202 Intermediate Test and Evaluation ......................................................................................................... 67

TST 301 Advanced Test and Evaluation............................................................................................................... 67

Distance Learning Courses........................................................................................................................................................... 68

Course Predecessors ....................................................................................................................................................................... 70

Assignment-Specific Training ...................................................................................................................................................... 73

The AT&L PLM ... Performance Support ................................................................................................................................ 77

The AT&L PLM ... Continuous Learning ................................................................................................................................. 81

The AT&L PLM ... Knowledge Sharing ................................................................................................................................... 85

Appendices .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 87

Appendix A DAU Regions .............................................................................................................................................................. 89

DAU West Region (San Diego, California) ............................................................................................................................. 90

DAU Midwest Region [near Wright-Patterson Air Force Base] (Kettering, Ohio)...................................................... 91

DAU South Region (Huntsville, Alabama) ............................................................................................................................. 92

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region [near Patuxent River Naval Air Station] (California, Maryland) ................................... 93

DAU Capital & Northeast Region (Fort Belvoir, Virginia) and

DSMC – School of Program Managers (Fort Belvoir, Virginia) ................................................................................. 94

Appendix B Career Field Certification Requirements ......................................................................................................... 95

Auditing ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 96

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management .................................................................................................. 98

Contracting ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 99

Facilities Engineering ................................................................................................................................................................... 101

Industrial/Contract Property Management .........................................................................................................................102

Information Technology ..............................................................................................................................................................104

Life Cycle Logistics ........................................................................................................................................................................105

Production, Quality and Manufacturing ...............................................................................................................................107

Program Management ...............................................................................................................................................................108

Purchasing ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 110

Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering—Science and Technology Manager .......... 111

Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering—Systems Engineering ..................................... 112

Test and Evaluation ...................................................................................................................................................................... 114

Appendix C Equivalencies ........................................................................................................................................................... 115

Appendix D Continuing Education Units ................................................................................................................................125

Appendix E Meeting Acquisition Corps Education Standards ....................................................................................... 131

Appendix F Other Products and Services Provided by DAU ........................................................................................ 141

This Catalog is current as of 1 October 2004. Updates are periodically

made on the DAU Home Page at http://www.dau.mil/catalog.
vi

DAU Vision

A premier corporate university

enabling a motivated, agile

AT&L workforce

DAU Mission

Provide practitioner training, career

management, and services to enable

the Acquisition, Technology, and

Logistics community to make smart

business decisions and deliver timely

and affordable capabilities to

the warfighter

DAU Strategic Goals

Provide our customers what they

need, when and where they need it

•

Operate a premier learning

enterprise

•

Promote transformation through

excellence in acquisition,

technology, and logistics practices

•

Provide an environment valuing

achievement, growth, and careerlong learning
vii

DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY

9820 BELVOIR ROAD

FORT BELVOIR, VIRGINIA 22060-5565

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT

In January 2004, at the direction of the Acting Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics (USD(AT&L)), the Acquisition Workforce and Career

Management (AWCM) office became part of DAU. This restructuring serves to unify

education, experience, and training into a career-wide construct and centralized

management structure.

DAU has also evolved its learning and development activities and provides an end-toend learning environment that balances training courses, knowledge sharing, continuous

learning, and performance support with local learning resources via a learning network

known as the AT&L Performance Learning Model, or PLM. AT&L workforce members

should view the PLM as a platform that enhances job performance through seamless,

just-in-time access to learning assets. With the PLM as a foundation, DAU is providing a

more flexible, responsive, and agile learning environment with a continuous presence in

the workplace.

Both the organizational restructuring and the implementation of the PLM serve to better

achieve Goal No. 7—a Motivated, Agile Workforce—of the USD(AT&L) Seven Goals. Our

mission and vision are now broader in scope. For 2005 and beyond, our mission is to

provide practitioner training, career management, and services to enable the AT&L community to make smart business decisions and deliver timely and affordable capabilities

to the warfighter. Our vision now is to be recognized as a premier corporate university

enabling a motivated, agile AT&L workforce.

This Catalog represents an integrated approach to meet the full spectrum of your learning and career development needs. I know you will find it useful and informative.

Frank J. Anderson, Jr.

President

Defense Acquisition University
viii

AT&L Performance Learning Model

In 2002, the Defense Acquisition University (DAU)

developed the Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics

(AT&L) Performance Learning Model (PLM) that

lays the foundation for meeting the career-long

training and professional development needs of the

AT&L workforce.

Training Courses offered at DAU were established

as a result of the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA), which identifies education,

training, and experience requirements for all AT&L

workforce members by career field and certification

level. In the ever-changing acquisition environment

of the 21st century, however, it became clear that

currency in any given career field required more

than certification training alone. To complement the

DAWIA requirements, DAU now offers a platform of

learning assets that are accessible to all workforce

members anytime, anywhere.

Performance Support is tailored to the customer’s

needs and may include consulting, coaching, mentoring, and facilitation. Rapid Deployment Training

focuses attention on a limited number of emerging

initiatives and delivers training within days of new

policy implementation. Targeted training is tailored

to the specific needs of an organization or integrated product team as required.

The DAU Continuous Learning Center offers continuous learning opportunities designed to maintain

currency and help employees meet the DoD requirement to complete 80 hours of continuous

learning every 2 years. DAU also hosts and participates in a variety of public forum events, such as

conferences, symposia, and expos, that promote

learning and offer continuous learning opportunities.

Knowledge Sharing is an inherent function of any

educational institution. The AT&L Knowledge Sharing System provides online access to a variety of

tools and reference materials that facilitate supporting the warfighter. The Acquisition Community Connection hosts online communities of practice that

provide an electronic forum for sharing knowledge,

information, lessons learned, and best practices.

DAU’s David D. Acker Library supports the

University’s curricula and its research in defense acquisitions.

Each of these elements of the PLM is addressed

fully in Chapter 3 of this Catalog.
1

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 1

The Defense Acquisition

University

The Defense Acquisition University

DAU Leadership

Workforce Management

DAU Board of Visitors

What’s New at DAU

Chapter 1 CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 1

Authorized by Title 10, United States Code 1746

and chartered by DoD Directive 5000.57, the

Defense Acquisition University (DAU) was established on 1 August 1992. Its mission is to provide

practitioner training, career management, and services to enable the DoD Acquisition, Technology,

and Logistics (AT&L) community to make smart business decisions and deliver timely and affordable capabilities to the warfighter.

Using the AT&L Performance Learning Model (PLM)

as a template, the University coordinates education

and training programs to meet the career-long training requirements of more than 130,000 DoD AT&L

personnel. DAU provides a full range of basic, intermediate, and advanced curriculum training, as well as

assignment-specific and continuous learning courses

to support the career goals and professional development of the DoD AT&L workforce. But DAU’s role

does not end when a student leaves the classroom.

The University also fosters professional development

through performance support, rapid deployment

training on emerging acquisition initiatives, online

The Defense Acquisition University

knowledge sharing tools, and continuous learning

modules. This Catalog provides information on all

of these areas as well as DAU’s other products and

services, such as strategic partnerships, publications,

and research in areas related to acquisition functions.

Each DoD AT&L functional area is represented by a

Functional Integrated Product Team (FIPT), composed of senior-level officials of the DoD components and led by Functional Advisors. These teams

advise the Under Secretary of Defense (Acquisition,

Technology and Logistics) (USD(AT&L)) on career

development issues and recommend mandatory

training, education, and experience required for

their respective functional areas. DAU Program Directors work in conjunction with the FIPTs to identify performance outcomes for various career levels

and incorporate them into DAU courses. The military services and Defense Agencies assist in managing the accession, training and education, and

career development of their respective DoD AT&L

workforce members.

The Chief Executive Officer of the University is the

President, who reports to the Director, Defense Procurement and Acquisition Policy (DPAP). The President serves as the Chief Learning Officer for the

USD(AT&L). A Board of Visitors—individuals selected

for their preeminence in academia, business, and industry—advises the DAU President and the

USD(AT&L) on matters such as organizational management, curricula, methods of instruction, and facilities. The Executive Institute (EI) includes Chairs

representing the Services, DoD agencies, industry,

and allies, who provide advice and counsel to faculty, staff, and students in their respective areas of

expertise.

From left: Frank J. Anderson, Jr., DAU President, and Michael Wynne, Acting USD(AT&L),

on the Pentagon steps.

Deidre Lee, Director, Defense Procurement and Acquisition Policy, OUSD(AT&L), meets

with a DAU staff member at her Pentagon Office.

3

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 1
4

CHAPTER 1

Mr. Joseph Johnson

Director, Planning, Policy,

& Leadership Support

Ms. Linda Neilson

Exec. Director, Acquisition

Workforce & Career Mgmt.

DAU Leadership

Mr. Frank J. Anderson, Jr.

President

Mr. William Erie

Director, Curricula Development & Support Center

Dr. J. Robert Ainsley

Director, E-Learning &

Technologies Center

Ms. Meg Hogan

Human Capital Management

Advisor

Mr. Tim Shannon

Dean, Capital & Northeast

Region

Mr. Andy Zaleski

Dean, West Region

Ms. Barbara Smith

Dean, Mid-Atlantic Region

Mr. Gerald Emke

Dean, Midwest Region

Mr. James. L. McCullough II

Dean, South Region

Col. Mary Kringer, USAF

Commandant

Mr. Mark Whiteside

Director, Performance &

Resource Management

COL Ronald Hayne, USA

Director, Operations Support

Group

Mr. David Fitch

Dean, DSMC – School of

Program Managers

Ms. Carlyn Diamond

Air Force Chair

Mr. Frank Swofford

Industry Chair

EXECUTIVE INSTITUTE

Mr. Denis Eisenbise

International Chair

Mr. Gary Gustafson

DCMA Chair

Dr. James McMichael

VP, DAU & Exec. Dir., Learning

Programs & Technology

Dr. Craig Lush

Acting Director, Library &

Knowledge Repository

Mr. Paul McMahon

Liaison to Defense

Procurement and Acq. Policy

Mr. Garry Shafovaloff

Director, Defense Agency

Career Management
5

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 1

Directors, Acquisition

Career Management,

assist in managing the

accession, training and

education, and career

development of their

respective Components’

AT&L workforce. LTG Joseph L. Yakovac, Jr., USA

Army DACM

Mr. Garry Shafovaloff

DoD DACM

Mr. Blaise Durante

Air Force DACM

DIRECTORS, ACQUISITION CAREER MANAGEMENT (DACMS)

Ms. Christine E. Stelloh-Garner

Navy DACM

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY

Mr. Ray Boyd

Acting Director, Commercial

Policies and Oversight,

Office of the Deputy CIO,

OASD(NII)

LOGISTICS

Mr. Lou Kratz

Assistant Deputy Under

Secretary of Defense

(Logistics Plans & Programs)

Mr. Alan Shaffer

Director, Plans and

Programs, DDR&E

TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT

PROCUREMENT & CONTRACTING/GOV’T. PROPERTY

Ms. Deidre A. Lee

Director, Defense

Procurement and

Acquisition Policy,

OUSD(AT&L)

Mr. Mark Schaeffer

Director, Systems

Engineering, OUSD(AT&L)

Dr. Get W. Moy, P.E.

Director, Installation

Requirements and Mgmt.

ODUSD (Installations &

Environment)

FUNCTIONAL ADVISORS

ACQUISITION

MANAGEMENT

Mr. Kevin Carroll

PEO, Enterprise Information

Systems

AUDITING FACILITIES ENGINEERING

Mr. William H. Reed

Director, Defense Contract

Audit Agency

BUSINESS, COST ESTIMATING,

& FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Dr. Nancy L. Spruill

Director, Acquisition

Resources and Analysis,

OUSD(AT&L)

Each DoD Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) functional area is represented by

a Functional Integrated Product Team, which is led by a Functional Advisor. These teams

advise the USD(AT&L) on career development issues and identify training, education,

and experience requirements for their respective functional areas.

Workforce Management
6

CHAPTER 1

DAU Board of Visitors

The DAU Board of Visitors— individuals selected for their

preeminence in academia, business, and industry—advises

the DAU President and the Under Secretary of Defense

(Acquisition, Technology and Logistics) on matters such

as organizational management, curricula, methods of

instruction, and facilities.

Dr. J. Ronald Fox

Chairperson

Professor Emeritus,

Harvard Business School

Mr. David Berteau

Dir, Nat’l. Security Studies,

Syracuse University

Dr. Pricilla H. Douglas

President, PHDouglas &

Associates

Mr. R. Stephen Ayers

Senior VP for Contracts &

Procurement, SAIC

Mr. Nicholas W. Kuzemka

VP, Program Management

Processes and Support,

Lockheed Martin

Mr. John F. Phillips

VP, Government Solutions

Group, The Home Depot

Dr. Brandon Hall

Lead Researcher, CEO,

brandon-hall.com

Ms. Sara B. Mills

Learning Development

Coach

Gen Bernard P. Randolph,

USAF (Ret)

Consultant

GEN William G.T. Tuttle, Jr.,

USA (Ret)

Consultant

Mr. James L. Sanford

Corporate VP and Treasurer,

Northrop Grumman

RADM Leonard Vincent,

USN (Ret)

Contracts Management

CACI International
7

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 1

What’s New at DAU ...

LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS—THE RIGHT TRAINING TO THE RIGHT PERSON AT THE RIGHT TIME

Two principal tenets that underpin defense

acquisition policy today are flexibility and

innovation. Workforce members must be

flexible in adapting to the program management situations they face daily and innovative in continuously developing and

implementing initiatives to streamline and

improve the defense acquisition process.

In an effort to encourage flexibility and innovation and to ensure the continued development of a professional

AT&L workforce, DAU is working with AT&L field organizations to support the establishment of learning organizations. The definition of a learning organization is any organization that has a culture and structure that promote

learning at all levels to enhance its capabilities to produce, adapt, and shape its future. In a learning organization, each member of the team is a self-directed learner, and learning is part of everyone’s daily activities. The

PLM gives individuals and organizations control over their learning solutions through a balance of training

courses, knowledge sharing, continuous learning, performance support, and rapid deployment training.

Peter M. Senge, a principal architect of the learning organization concept, says, “The organization that

will truly excel in the future will be the organization that will truly tap people’s commitment and capacity

to learn at all levels of an organization.”

“We must think differently ... . We must transform not only the

capabilities at our disposal, but also the way we think, the way

we train ... . There will be no moment at which the Department

is ‘transformed.’ Rather, we are building a culture of continual

transformation.” —Donald H. Rumsfeld, Secretary of Defense,

Transformation Planning Guidance, April 2003

CONTRACTING CURRICULUM CHANGES

The Contracting career field is being transformed to meet the

needs of the 21st century AT&L workforce. In FY04, DAU deployed CON 353, Advanced Business Solutions for Mission

Support. CON 353 replaces CON 301, Executive Contracting,

and CON 333, Management for Contracting Supervisors. We

also established a requirement for electives in our certification programs during FY04 in Contracting, Industrial/Contract

Property Management, and Purchasing to emphasize the criticality of continuous learning. The electives are chosen by the

individual and supervisor and should be discussed during the

Individual Development Plan (IDP) process so that they can select training (e.g., a course, seminar, online

module, brown bag training session, etc.) to meet the needs of AT&L employees and the organizations they

support. We launched CON 100, Shaping Smart Business Arrangements, in which personnel new to contracting

develop an understanding of the nature of their interrelationships with other functions, learn how to develop

sound business arrangements, and gain a holistic perspective. 

In FY05, we are deploying the online CON 110, Mission Support Planning; CON 111, Mission Strategy Execution;

and CON 112, Mission Performance Assessment. Together, these three courses replace CON 101, Basics of Contracting. The 100-level courses will culminate in the resident CON 120, Mission Focused Contracting. We are creating new assignment-specific courses, such as CON 260, The Small Business Program, as well as continuous

learning modules suggested by our customers and making them accessible around the clock to meet global strategic mission needs.

PERFORMANCE SUPPORT

DAU has developed a new Program Start-up Workshop to facilitate better government and industry teaming after contract award on defense acquisition programs. The first offering was conducted with Raytheon for

the Army’s Surface-Launched Advanced Medium Range Air-to-air Missile program and the second with Boeing

and the Navy for the Multi-mission Maritime Aircraft program. More information on the Program Start-up

Workshop is available on page 77 of this Catalog.
8

CHAPTER 1

Members of the DAU faculty provided critical just-in-time support to the Project and Contracting Office in

Baghdad. Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) Training and the Grants and Agreements Management

Course were specifically requested by the Director of Programs and the Head of Contracting Activity. COR

training was critical as many of the Program Management and Ministerial staff were appointees from industry

with little experience in government contracting. The Grants course was important since one of the principal

sources of funding for the reconstruction effort—the Development Fund for Iraq—supports grants to regional

and municipal projects. 

CONTINUOUS LEARNING

Several new Continuous Learning modules have been launched in support of the career-long learning requirements of the AT&L workforce. In response to recent concerns regarding ethics governing the interaction between government personnel and contractors, the DAU Continuous Learning Center (CLC) now offers an interactive Ethics Training for AT&L module that addresses several areas of potential conflict of interests.

The CLC is becoming an integral part of the more formal training environment as well. For example, several

course modules have been added to support the contracting curriculum as electives: Simplified Acquisition Procedures, Source Selection, Market Research, Contract Terminations, and Sealed Bidding. 

The DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial provides initial training for the Government Purchase Cardholder

and Billing Official nominees. A shorter refresher module is currently optional, but may become required later

in 2005, after a review of the feedback received from users.

KNOWLEDGE SHARING

DAU’s Knowledge Sharing strategy is to promote and cultivate knowledge sharing environments that allow for

the context building and interaction essential to move beyond piles of data and into the realm of synthesis, action, and continuous learning. A clear objective is to leverage the collective intellect of the AT&L workforce to

advance organizational learning and foster innovation within the DoD. DAU is taking advantage of both explicit

(documented) and tacit (in our heads) knowledge so each individual in the AT&L community can quickly and

easily draw on a body of knowledge. The Acquisition Community Connection (ACC), which is located on the Internet at http://acc.dau.mil, provides the knowledge sharing environment that supports the concept of evolving

to a “learner practitioner—learn as you work, work as you learn.” 

The ACC functions as the primary site for hosting acquisition-related Communities of Practice across DoD. It was

originally developed to specifically assist program managers and program management top-level teams to perform their jobs more effectively through knowledge sharing. Since its first release in October 2001, it has expanded significantly to become an umbrella system to support communities covering all AT&L career fields. The

site experienced substantial growth in FY04 with the establishment of 3 new Communities of Practice:

• Data Management

• Information Technology

• DoD Wireless

... and 12 new Special Interest Areas:

• Alternative Disputes Resolution

• Business, Cost Estimating and Financial

Management

• Contingency Contracting

• Defense Operational Test & Evaluation

• Earned Value Management

• Performance-Based Service Acquisition

• Production, Quality & Manufacturing

• Reliability & Maintainability

• Science & Technology

• Software Acquisition Management

• Spectrum Compliance

• Test & Evaluation

Currently, the ACC houses 24 Communities and Special Interest Areas and continues to expand as new areas

of interest emerge. The growth of the ACC also extends to membership, which more than doubled in FY04,

and contributions, which more than tripled in FY04.
9

CHAPTER 2

Administrative Information

Course Information

Acquisition Workforce and

Acquisition Corps Certification Standards

Student Information

Course Registration and

Quota Allocation

Registration Procedures

Chapter 2

CHAPTER 2
10

CHAPTER 2
11

CHAPTER 2

COURSE INFORMATION

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement

Act (DAWIA) was signed into law in November

1990. It requires the Secretary of Defense, acting

through the Under Secretary of Defense (Acquisition,

Technology, and Logistics), to establish education,

experience, and training requirements for the civilian and military acquisition workforce. The requirements are based on the complexities of the job and

are listed in DoD 5000.52-M, Career Development

Program for Acquisition Personnel.

Education and experience requirements differ for

each career field and are approved by your certifying agency. Both are outlined in the checklists provided at Appendix B of this Catalog. The training requirements may be met in several ways, to include

the successful completion of DAU courses, the fulfillment program, or the equivalency program. Training

requirements are also outlined in Appendix B.

DAU COURSES

Sequence of Courses

DAU provides a highly structured sequence of courses

needed to meet the mandatory and desired training

standards established in DoD 5000.52-M, “Career Development Program for Acquisition Personnel.” In

many cases, prerequisite courses are identified; students are expected to be competent in prerequisite

knowledge and skills. Where specific prerequisites

are not identified, students are strongly encouraged

to attend mandatory courses in the sequence prescribed. Using this Catalog, DoD Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) workforce personnel

can identify the training, education, and experience

required for their career field and career level and

the sequence of courses to meet those requirements.

Course Types

Certification courses are identified in Appendix B

of this Catalog, which provides concise checklists of

the education, experience, and training standards

established for certification in each career field. The

checklists also provide the recommended sequence

of courses for training within each career level.

Level I courses are designed to provide fundamental knowledge and establish primary qualification

and experience in the individual’s career field, job

series, or functional area.

At Level II, functional specialization is emphasized.

Courses at this level are designed to enhance the

employee’s capabilities in a primary specialty or

functional area.

At Level III, the focus is on managing the acquisition process and learning the latest methods being

implemented in the career field or functional area.

Each of these levels typically corresponds to particular civilian grade levels or military grades/ranks that

are defined by a Military Department or Agency in

accordance with guidelines established in DoD

5000.52M. Grade or rank is not generally a requirement for course enrollment; however, it may be

used to determine registration priority.

Most personnel must take a core acquisition course

before taking other training at career Levels I and II.

The core course for career Level I in many career

fields is ACQ 101, Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management; and for Level II, ACQ 201, Intermediate Systems Acquisition. ACQ 101 is a prerequisite for ACQ 201. The core courses are required for all

workforce members in the following career fields:

• Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial

Management

• Facilities Engineering

• Information Technology

• Life Cycle Logistics

• Production, Quality and Manufacturing

• Program Management

• Systems Planning, Research, Development

and Engineering

• Test and Evaluation

Assignment-specific courses provide the training

needed to perform specific acquisition functions. These

may be functions performed by a subset of individuals in a career field. Assignment-specific training is also

required when individuals in one career field must understand some of the processes of other career fields.

A description of assignment-specific courses and the

audiences for which they are developed is provided

at the end of Chapter 3 of the Catalog.

Administrative Information
12

CHAPTER 2

Course descriptions for all DAU courses are listed alphanumerically in Chapter 3. Details of course length,

prerequisites, method of delivery, and who should attend are included in these course descriptions.

DAU-sponsored courses also provide the opportunity

for AT&L workforce members who have completed

all education, experience, and training requirements

for their position to meet standards for continuing

education. In addition, many professional organizations and associations have continuing education requirements for their members. Appendix D presents

a listing of Continuing Education Units (CEUs) associated with DAU courses.

Course Offerings

DAU courses are offered in a variety of modes. The

most frequently used are resident (where the student attends class at one of the DAU sites) and local

(where the instructor teaches at locations having

sufficient numbers of students to support a class).

Some DAU courses are also offered entirely or in

part via the Internet.

Online Courses

DAU currently offers several courses via the World

Wide Web. Some of these courses are taught entirely and exclusively online. Others (hybrid courses)

involve an online portion followed by classroom instruction. To complete an online course, the student

must have access to an IBM-compatible computer

with the following capabilities:

• Microprocessor Speed: Pentium 400 MHz

• Hard Drive: 6 GB

• RAM: 64 MB

• Modem Speed: 56 kbps

• Audio: 16 bit and speakers

• CD-ROM Drive: 12X

• Minimum monitor display resolution supported:

(15 inch) 800 X 600 to 1024 X 768

• Color Depth: 24 bit

• Browser that supports Java and Javascript (Internet

Explorer 5.5 or later recommended)

Some online courses have additional hardware and/

or software requirements that are explained at the

beginning of each course.

When students register for a hybrid course, it is important to understand that completion of both

parts is required to obtain full credit for career field

certification. For example, ACQ 201 consists of ACQ

201A (via the Internet) and ACQ 201B (in the classroom). Continuing education units and a certificate

of completion will be awarded for successful

completion of ACQ 201A; however, students must

also complete ACQ 201B to receive full credit for
13

CHAPTER 2

completion of ACQ 201, which is required to meet

selected career field certification standards. Part A

is a prerequisite for Part B. The latest version of

Part A is available at the DAU Virtual Campus for

those students who may want a review before attending Part B. In most cases, students have up to

60 calendar days to complete online courses.

DAU fully supports the requirements of Section 508

of the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998. Section 508 requires Federal agencies that develop,

procure, maintain, or use electronic and information

technology to ensure that Federal employees with

disabilities have access to and use of that information and data. To that end, all new DAU courseware

is developed to comply with the standards set forth

in Section 508.

FULFILLMENT

While course participation is the preferred method,

the fulfillment program enables members of the

DoD AT&L workforce to receive credit for mandatory DAU courses for which they are able to demonstrate competency through experience, education,

and/or alternative training, such as professional association certificates. Information on this program,

including policy, procedures, DD Form 2518, and the

course competencies, is available on the DAU Web

site at http://www.dau.mil/registrar/faq.asp.

DD Form 2518 is in Appendix A of the guidelines.

EQUIVALENT COURSES

Appendix C of this Catalog provides information on

courses offered by DoD schools and public learning

institutions as well as commercially offered training

that is certified to be equivalent to DAU courses.

ACQUISITION WORKFORCE AND ACQUISITION

CORPS CERTIFICATION STANDARDS

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement

Act (Public Law 101-510, 1990) (Chapter 87, Title 10,

United States Code), as amended, requires the Secretary of Defense to establish education, training, and

career development standards for persons serving in

acquisition positions in the Department of Defense.

See DoD 5000.52-M, “Acquisition Career Development Program,” and Appendix B of this Catalog for

additional information concerning these standards.

Employees may meet credit-hour standards by passing college course equivalency examinations, which

demonstrate knowledge comparable to accredited

courses of study in these subjects. For more information on using equivalency exams to meet mandatory education qualifications, see Appendix E of

this Catalog. Employees also may apply certain

DAU courses to meet the educational requirements.

The DAU strategic partnership program (Appendix F)

helps maximize opportunities to leverage DAU

courses toward degrees.

STUDENT INFORMATION

REPORTING INSTRUCTIONS

After being accepted for admission into a DAU

course, each student will receive an e-mail from

the University with instructions on how to proceed.

In the case of online courses and Part A of a hybrid

class, e-mails will explain how to access the course

material online and identify an instructor associated

with that class. For classroom courses and Part B of

a hybrid class, each student will receive an e-mail

with specific reporting instructions and information

on housing, meals, facilities, and appropriate classroom attire.

TRAVEL, PER DIEM, AND REIMBURSEMENT

Each Service Acquisition Career Management Office

or parent organization funds travel expenses and

per diem for eligible students based on Service- or

Agency-specific policy. Students should consult their

Acquisition Career Management Office for policy

and guidance concerning their travel requirements.

Contact information is provided in “Registration Procedures” at the end of this chapter.
14

CHAPTER 2

It is very important that students arrive with a government credit card to pay for all legitimate travelrelated expenses or, if needed, draw cash advances

in lieu of receiving advance per diem payments.

DAU cannot process travel claims or provide advance per diem payments. As questions may arise

concerning use of the government credit card, students should arrive knowing the name and telephone number of the government credit card program coordinator for their Service or organization.

ATTENDANCE POLICY

Students are expected to attend all scheduled course

sessions (including teleconferencing, satellite, and

synchronous online sessions) and complete all course

work. Absences for medical or family emergencies

must be approved by the course manager, lead instructor, or designated representative. Cumulative

absences that exceed 5 percent of contact time may

be grounds for removal from the course, and the

student’s record will be annotated accordingly. Remediation to make up any missed instruction is at

the discretion of the course manager.

DAU follows established DoD and Office of Personnel Management guidance for civilians and Service

regulations for military personnel concerning various

categories of leave.

CANCELLATIONS

If circumstances dictate cancelling course attendance

after students receive notification of acceptance,

they should follow the procedures set forth by their

respective Service or Agency as outlined in this chapter. This may afford other students the opportunity

to attend the course.

HANDICAPPED ACCOMMODATIONS

Students with disabilities who are scheduled to attend DAU classes should notify their local training

office and the DAU Student Services Office as soon

as possible prior to the starting date of the class to

ensure that appropriate accommodations are made.

STUDENT ISSUES AND CONCERNS

DAU encourages students who have issues or concerns with the learning environment to discuss them

first with their instructor. Also student class leaders

are typically appointed at the start of a course and

are empowered to bring issues to DAU faculty on

behalf of their fellow students. Students who feel

their issues were not resolved satisfactorily through

these channels may go to the Regional Dean under

an open-door policy.

End-of-course critiques provide another opportunity

for students to address ways to improve course

materials or the learning environment. Critique data

are analyzed and include areas of success and concern as well as trends and recommendations for improvement. The summary report is circulated through

the appropriate chain of command for action.

TRANSCRIPTS

Transcripts are available at http://www.dau.mil

by selecting the “Student Information” button. Students may access their own transcript information

from a secure server and print out a copy for their

own use. Students may also request that an official

transcript with an embossed DoD seal be sent to a

college or university. Questions concerning transcripts

should be addressed to dau.transcript@dau.mil.

COURSE REGISTRATION AND QUOTA ALLOCATION

DoD AT&L workforce employees and their supervisors may prepare career development training plans

using the requirements provided in Appendix B and

the course descriptions in Chapter 3. Appendix B

identifies courses that are required for certification

by career field and certification level. Pages 73–76

of Chapter 3 list courses necessary for performing

an assignment-specific function in acquisition.

For DoD AT&L workforce members attending certification or assignment-specific courses, all costs of

tuition, travel, and per diem for DAU training will

be funded by the student’s Component. However,

funding to cover travel and per diem costs for DoD

AT&L workforce members who attend continuous

learning courses is not provided.

DAU uses the Army Training Requirements and Resources System (ATRRS) to maintain course schedules,

allocate quotas, and manage class registration. Agencies with quota allocations are required to register

students no later than 65 calendar days prior to the

class start date to ensure that students are in the

ATRRS system and they have sufficient time to

make necessary arrangements for attending class.

After students apply for a course, they will receive

an e-mail identifying their status as either wait-listed

or as having a reservation. Students with reservations will receive an e-mail from DAU approximately

45 days before the class starts, providing reporting

instructions, class start and end times, and locationspecific information (e.g., points of contact, hotels,

and directions). If the training is held at a local site,

this information may be provided by mail vs. email. Points of contact for all courses and locations

are provided in the online course schedule. Once

registered, students who have not received reporting instructions 15 days prior to the class start date

should contact the DAU Student Services Office for

assistance at 1-888-284-4906 or 703-805-3003.
15

CHAPTER 2

ARMY PERSONNEL

Army Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (AL&T) workforce civilian and military personnel desiring DAU training (including online courses) must have those courses annotated and approved

on their automated Individual Development Plan (IDP) at https://rda.rdaisa.army.mil/cappmis/

idp/idpprod/login.cfm. Once approved on the IDP, a link is provided from the IDP to the

ATRRS Internet Training Application System (AITAS), https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/aitas/.

Training priorities are based on the individual’s position certification requirements. AL&T personnel requiring assistance with the IDP/AITAS or updating records should contact their Acquisition Career Managers

(ACMs) listed at the Acquisition Support Center (ASC) Web site at https://rda.rdaisa.army.mil/cappmis/acrb/

contacts/ACMListing.htm. The Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology Enterprise Systems and Services (ALTESS)

is responsible for processing all applications, registering students for training, and issuing travel funding and

orders. Information on travel funding, orders, rental cars, etc., can be found at http://www.rdaisa.army.mil/

rdaisa/atrrs/dau/tinfo.htm.

Class schedule information can be found within the IDP, AITAS, or ATRRS data-on-demand at https://www.

atrrs. army.mil/channels/dataondemand. Individuals and organizations should monitor closely the availability

of on-site class offerings to minimize expenses associated with class attendance in the resident mode. Student

cancellations or substitutions should be limited to only extreme emergencies and must be submitted through

AITAS.

Military personnel en route to a new duty station or an acquisition position should contact their assignment

officer for assistance in obtaining DAU training. Assignment officers’ contact information can be found at

https://www.perscomonline.army.mil/opfam51/staff.htm.

Non-AL&T Army personnel, both military and civilian, may submit applications for DAU training by going

directly to AITAS. Those individuals are not required to have an Acquisition IDP and must apply as “nonacquisition workforce.”

NAVY PERSONNEL

Department of the Navy (DON) civilian and military personnel (regardless of duty station) must

submit applications for acquisition training courses using Register-Now, the DON electronic registration system at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/registernow/rnswitch.asp. RegisterNow is used to perform all functions applicable to course registration, including supervisory approval, course enrollment via the DON Registrar, processing cancellations, and obtaining centrally

funded travel orders. Students are encouraged to browse all menu items, including “What’s

New” and “How To.”

For additional information concerning course registration, career field certification, and other DAWIA-related issues, DON students should contact their local acquisition training representative. Names and contact information are available at the “Find ACQ Training Representative” menu option on Register-Now.

AIR FORCE PERSONNEL

Air Force military and civilian personnel interested in DAU training should first consult the Air

Force DACM Web site and the Air Force Acquisition Training Office (AFATO) Web site. These

Web sites provide information about Acquisition Professional Development Program (APDP)

policy and certification, acquisition position coding, how to apply for DAU training and funding,

prerequisites, class schedules, rosters, vacancies, and points of contact.

The Air Force uses a new Web-based DAU reservation system, ACQ Now. This system streamlines the reservation process and allows prospective students to initiate their own training requests via the Internet. Air Force

civilian and military personnel should register through the ACQ Now registration system available at http://

www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnow/main.asp.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

To apply for a DAU course, log onto http://www.dau.mil and select “Enroll Here.” At this site you will find links to your Service-specific application program. While there are many ways to access your specific site, the DAU Home Page provides a single portal with current information and links for each of the categories of students listed below. Points of contact are also listed on the “Apply for Course” page.
16

CHAPTER 2

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES (CONTINUED)

AIR FORCE PERSONNEL (Continued)

DAU training is open to all Air Force personnel, but individuals occupying acquisition-coded positions are given

priority in order to fulfill their DAWIA requirements. Supervisors and individuals should plan for and identify

training needs through Individual Development Plans and the annual AFATO Data Call (Nov/Dec).

For additional information please contact your local APDP training manager. Names and information are

available on the “POC Lookup” menu option in ACQ Now. You can also visit the DACM (http://www.safaq.

hq.af.mil/acq_workf) and AFATO (http://www.safaq.hq.af.mil/acq_workf/training) Web sites. Other contacts include the Air Force Acquisition Training Office (AFATO), Randolph AFB, at DSN 487-6580 or Commercial

210-652-6580, FAX DSN 487-1348, Comm FAX 210-652-1348, or via e-mail at ACQ.NOW@randolph.af.mil.

ACQUISITION, TECHNOLOGY, AND LOGISTICS CIVILIAN PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE DEFENSE AGENCIES

Federal civilians assigned to the DoD Components outside the Military Departments (including the Office of

the Secretary of Defense, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Inspector General, the Defense agencies, the Defense field activities, the Joint-Service schools,

and the Defense support activities) shall submit applications for DAU courses in the Acquisition

Training Application System (ACQTAS) at https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqtas. The

ACQTAS serves as the single application system for DAU courses as well as being the single supervisory and training manager approval, reservation, and notification system for acceptance

in the DAU courses.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

International students may apply for most DAU courses. They will be placed in courses on a space-available basis. Applications will be evaluated on an individual basis in terms of meeting course prerequisites, previous

training, job experience, and current job title.

Foreign military and civilian students who work for their government must apply for DAU courses through

their country’s training officer, who will then coordinate the training request through the U.S. Army Security

Assistance Officer (SAO) in the Office of Defense Cooperation (ODC) or an appropriate official in the U.S. Embassy. The U.S. Army Security Assistance Training Field Activity (SATFA), which is the Executive Agent for foreign students attending DAU courses, will process the student’s application through appropriate channels. The

SATFA will coordinate all training requests with the DAU Student Services Office. SAOs or U.S. Embassy officials

sponsoring training requests from the host country should go to http://www.disam.dsca.mil/itm/ for information on training available through the Foreign Military Sales (FMS) training program.

Military and civilian employees of countries that are members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization

(NATO) should initiate their training requests through the SATFA by calling 757-788-3255. The SATFA desk officer for NATO affairs will put the student in contact with appropriate NATO training officials to process and coordinate the training request.

A non-U.S. citizen who is working for a U.S. defense industry corporation, a foreign corporation that has a contract with DoD or any of the Military Departments (MILDEPs), or who is assigned to a U.S. military agency or

activity may be eligible to apply for DAU courses. For further information about applying for a course, contact

the DAU Student Services Office at industry.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498.

DEFENSE INDUSTRY CERTIFICATION

At this time there is no organization or association that confers certification in a functional area for defense industry employees similar to the certification program administered by the DoD and the MILDEPs for their acquisition and contracting workforce. Industry employees may demonstrate comparable training to the members of the DoD acquisition workforce by successfully completing DAU courses.

To apply for a DAU course, log onto http://www.dau.mil and select “Enroll Here.” At this site you will find links to your Service-specific application program. While there are many ways to access your specific site, the DAU Home Page provides a single portal with current information and links for each of the categories of students listed below. Points of contact are also listed on the “Apply for Course” page.
17

CHAPTER 3

DAU Learning Assets

The AT&L PLM ... Training Courses

Distance Learning Courses

 Course Predecessors

Assignment-specific Training

The AT&L PLM ...

Performance Support

The AT&L PLM ...

Continuous Learning

The AT&L PLM ...

Knowledge Sharing

Chapter 3

CHAPTER 3
18

CHAPTER 3
19

CHAPTER 3

An entire platform of learning assets is offered

by DAU to meet the career-long learning needs

of the DoD Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) workforce. The AT&L Performance

Learning Model (PLM) lays the foundation for providing training courses, knowledge sharing venues,

continuous learning opportunities, and performance

support. This chapter provides detailed information

about each element of the PLM.

Training Courses. First, course descriptions for

each of the traditional certification and assignment-specific courses are listed alphanumerically.

Some of these courses are offered only in the

classroom, some exclusively online, and others as

a combination of resident and Web-based training.

The method of delivery is identified with each

course description.

Following the course descriptions is a summary of

the courses available online.

Next you will find a list of “predecessor courses.”

When a course no longer offered still meets the requirements for credit, it becomes a predecessor

course. Students who have completed these courses

may use them to meet prerequisite requirements

and/or receive credit for them toward DAWIA

certification.

The final section related to training courses includes

information about assignment-specific training.

These courses provide unique acquisition knowledge

required for a specific assignment or position, to

maintain proficiency, and to remain current with

legislation, regulations, and policy.

Performance Support is tailored to the customer’s

needs and may include consulting, coaching, mentoring, and facilitation. Rapid Deployment Training

focuses attention on a limited number of emerging

initiatives and delivers training within days of new

policy implementation. Targeted training is tailored

to the specific needs of an organization or integrated product team as required.

Continuous Learning. The DAU Continuous Learning Center offers continuous learning opportunities

designed to maintain currency and help employees

meet the DoD requirement to complete 80 hours of

continuous learning every 2 years. DAU hosts and

participates in a variety of public forum events, such

as conferences, symposia, and expos, that promote

learning and offer continuous learning opportunities.

Knowledge Sharing is an inherent function of any

educational institution. The AT&L Knowledge Sharing System provides online access to a variety of

tools and reference materials that facilitate supporting the warfighter. The Acquisition Community Connection hosts online communities of practice that

provide an electronic forum for sharing knowledge,

information, lessons learned, and best practices.

The AT&L PLM . . .

TRAINING COURSES

DAU has designated certain courses as mandatory

for certification in various career fields within each

Component’s Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics

(AT&L) workforce at Levels I, II, or III. The primary

authority for these courses is the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act, implemented by

Department of Defense Directive (DoDD) 5000.52

and DoD 5000.52-M. Appendix B of this Catalog

lists detailed requirements for certification in all career fields. The Directors, Acquisition Career Management (DACMs) for the Services and for DoD

agencies, manage attendance at these courses. Normally, the DACMs give priority to AT&L workforce

members who are pursuing certification in an acquisition career field. It is also recommended that students meet appropriate certification-level requirements. For example, attendance at a Level III

course presumes the student meets all requirements

for, and is certified at, Level II in that career field.

For updates to these course descriptions during the

training year, consult the online Catalog at http://

www.dau.mil/catalog.

DAU Learning Assets
20

CHAPTER 3

ACQ 101

FUNDAMENTALS OF SYSTEMS ACQUISITION

MANAGEMENT

T his course provides a broad overview of the

DoD systems acquisition process, covering all

phases of acquisition. It introduces the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development System (JCIDS)

and resource allocation processes, the DoD 5000

Series documents governing the defense acquisition

process, and current issues in systems acquisition

management. Designed for individuals who have

little or no experience in DoD acquisition management, ACQ 101 has proven very useful to personnel

in headquarters, program management, and functional or support offices.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to recognize:

• the fundamental precepts and bases of defense

systems acquisition management;

• the diverse, interrelated, and changing nature in

the different disciplines of defense systems acquisition management; and

• the regulations and governing structures of defense systems acquisition management.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

military officers, O-1 through O-3, and DoD civilians,

GS-5 through GS-9. However, the course is open to

all ranks and grades.

Prerequisite: None

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must complete the course prior to the Enrollment Expire Date

provided in the “Enrollment Notification—Course

Welcome” message.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BU5

ACQ 201A

INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS ACQUISITION, PART A

I

ntermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A, uses

computer-based training to prepare mid-level acquisition professionals to work in integrated product

teams by understanding systems acquisition principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B

are required for DAWIA certification.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will:

• enhance their knowledge of the business, technical, and managerial aspects of acquisition;

• understand and appreciate the critical role that

each functional discipline plays in the acquisition

process; and

• using computer-based training, theoretically participate in simulated integrated product teams to

develop plans and resolve problems.

Who Should Attend: ACQ 201A is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in acquisition. Students should have 2 to 4 years of acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Note: ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are assignmentspecific for Contracting personnel. Level III Contracting personnel who are assigned to an ACAT I

program or who devote at least 50 percent of their

time to an ACAT I program are required to take

both courses. Level II Contracting personnel should

take ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B within 1 year of assignment to an ACAT I program.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must complete the course prior to the Enrollment Expire Date

provided in the “Enrollment Notification—Course

Welcome” message.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JHJ
21

CHAPTER 3

ACQ 401

SENIOR ACQUISITION COURSE

Apreeminent course for members of the Acquisition Corps, ACQ 401 is designed to prepare

selected military officers and civilians for

senior leadership and staff positions throughout the

acquisition community.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course are awarded a Master’s of Science Degree in

National Resource Strategy.

The Senior Acquisition Course consists of the entire

10-month Industrial College of the Armed Forces

(ICAF) curriculum. The curriculum is enhanced for

designated acquisition students through four major

elements:

• the core curriculum;

• mandatory acquisition policy advanced studies;

• advanced studies electives; and

• research.

Who Should Attend: Students are selected by their

respective Services or agencies. Military officers

are selected as part of the Senior Service School

Selection Process and designated by the Directors,

Acquisition Career Management.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 10 months

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ABW

ACQ 201B

INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS ACQUISITION, PART B

I

ntermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B, prepares

mid-level acquisition professionals to work effectively in integrated product teams by understanding

systems acquisition principles and processes. Both

ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are required for DAWIA

certification.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will:

• enhance and apply their knowledge of the business, technical, and managerial aspects of acquisition;

• understand and appreciate the critical role that

each functional discipline plays in the acquisition

process; and

• effectively participate in integrated product teams

and apply knowledge gained in ACQ 201A to develop plans and resolve problems.

Who Should Attend: ACQ 201B is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in acquisition. Students should have 2 to 4 years of acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201A

Note: ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are assignment specific for Contracting personnel. Level III Contracting

personnel who are assigned to an ACAT I program

or who devote at least 50 percent of their time to

an ACAT I program are required to take both

courses. Level II Contracting personnel should take

ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B within 1 year of assignment to an ACAT I program.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: JHK
22

CHAPTER 3

ACQ 404

SYSTEMS ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT COURSE FOR

GENERAL/FLAG OFFICERS

T his 1-week course for general/flag officers and

SES civilians focuses on understanding the perspectives of key government and defense industry decision makers. The course includes discussions of topics affecting the defense systems acquisition environment. Participants who are not

graduates of PMT 301; PMT 302; PMT 352, Parts A

and B; or PMT 401 will develop an executive-level

understanding of defense systems acquisition management.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will:

• gain an executive-level understanding of defense

systems acquisition in terms of what is important

and why it is important;

• understand recent legislation and executive actions affecting acquisition;

• refresh their knowledge of current DoD acquisition policy and procedural initiatives;

• appreciate the perspectives of the Congress, defense industry, and executives of the Office of the

Secretary of Defense; and

• apply lessons learned and hot topics to their current acquisition programs.

Who Should Attend: This course is for general/flag

officers and SES civilians who are working in positions requiring an understanding of DoD systems acquisition. Participants of equivalent rank from defense industry, other Federal agencies, and allied

nations are also admitted on a space-available basis.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADM

ACQ 403

DEFENSE ACQUISITION EXECUTIVE

OVERVIEW WORKSHOP

T his innovative course provides general/flag

officers and Senior Executive Service (SES)

civilians with an executive-level understanding of the defense systems acquisition process.

The workshop curriculum is 100-percent tailored to

the specific needs of the participant, conducted on

demand, and delivered in a one-on-one desk-side

forum.

Objectives: General/flag officers and SES civilians

who successfully complete this course will:

• augment their knowledge of specific aspects of

defense systems acquisition in a one-on-one forum;

• gain an appreciation of the entire spectrum of the

defense acquisition process or a limited number

of specific areas within the process; and

• experience “just-in-time” learning and apply this

tailored learning directly to real-time issues.

Who Should Attend: This workshop is available to

all DoD general/flag officers, political appointees,

congressional staffers, and SES civilian employees.

Membership in an Acquisition Corps career program

is not required.

Prerequisite: None

Length: Variable, depending upon the number of

topics to be addressed; typically one-half to 2 days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: ADU
23

CHAPTER 3

ACQ 405

EXECUTIVE REFRESHER COURSE

T he Executive Refresher Course provides an

acquisition policy, process, and lessons-learned

update. The class members examine their role as

acquisition leaders in a changing environment. Guest

speakers lead discussions on contemporary management and leadership topics, such as partnering

with industry, contracting tools, resource allocations,

downsizing, earned value oversight, performancebased logistics, and supply chain management.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand acquisition management policies, processes, regulations, and statutes; and

• develop a leadership role in a changing acquisition management environment.

Who Should Attend: This course is open to certified Level III members of all career fields; in addition, these graduates must be, or have been selected for, the rank/grade of O-6 or GS-15 or the

industry equivalent thereof.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 8.5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BB8

AUD 1130

TECHNICAL INDOCTRINATION

Technical Indoctrination provides the newly hired

auditor with the basic concepts, techniques, and

procedures of contract auditing; DCAA’s organization structure; and audit guidance processes.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• list the elements of a contract’s life cycle and the

general types of negotiated contracts;

• contrast principal objectives of government contract cost accounting and financial cost accounting;

• explain the history of FAR, Part 31, and discuss allocability, allowability, reasonableness, and selected cost principles;

• describe the background, purpose, and fundamental requirement of each Cost Accounting Standard;

• identify direct costs, indirect costs, and G&A expenses;

• identify costs allocated to final cost objectives

from intermediate cost allocation pools;

• calculate questioned overhead and G&A rates as

a result of pool and/or base adjustments;

• describe the importance and major considerations

of risk assessment;

• create working papers using the Audit Planning

and Performance System (APPS);

• write a structured note for an audit report; and

• calculate questioned costs in a proposal audit.

Who Should Attend: New contract auditing personnel should attend within 4 to 6 weeks after reporting for duty.

Prerequisites: AUD 1113*, Orientation to DCAA

(SS); AUD 1114*, Orientation to Federal Procurement

Regulations (SS); AUD 1115*, Orientation to Contract

Auditing Procedures (SS); and AUD 1116*, Orientation to DCAA Audits (SS)

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PC6

*For course description, contact DCAI at (901) 325-

6383.
24

CHAPTER 3

AUD 4120

STATISTICAL SAMPLING

Statistical Sampling concentrates on the knowledge and skills necessary to perform statistical

sampling in the contract audit environment.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• discuss statistical sampling basic concepts;

• explain the criteria for a valid statistical sample;

• differentiate between variable and attribute sampling;

• discuss the difference between dollar unit and

physical unit sampling;

• determine the proper sample selection method

and stratification method to use on an audit;

• select a statistical sample using the E-Z-Quant

programs; and

• evaluate the results of a statistical sample using

the E-Z-Quant programs.

Who Should Attend: This class is one of three that

may be taken by Level I personnel working toward

Level II certification. All auditors are eligible.

Prerequisite: AUD 1130

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QP0

AUD 1320

INTERMEDIATE CONTRACT AUDITING

I

ntermediate Contract Auditing provides the staff

auditor with information needed to adequately

plan and conduct audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, and group case studies are used to

highlight problem areas and evaluate alternative

courses of action.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• discuss internal control components;

• utilize the Internal Control Review (ICR) system

and Internal Control Audit Planning Summary

(ICAPS) to assess audit risk;

• list DCAA’s direct audit activity codes;

• discuss forward pricing rates and complete case

studies;

• discuss integrated product teams;

• explain why auditors need to attend negotiations;

• list negotiation techniques and concepts;

• list requirements of Form 2000, identify common

fraud indicators, and state auditor responsibility to

detect fraud;

• discuss the purpose and requirements of the Cost

Accounting Standards and complete case studies;

and

• discuss audit leads and observations.

Who Should Attend: Auditors should attend 6

months after completing AUD 1130. This class is one

of three that may be taken by Level I personnel

working toward Level II certification.

Prerequisite: AUD 1130

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JR7
25

CHAPTER 3

AUD 4230

GRAPHIC, COMPUTATIONAL, AND IMPROVEMENT

CURVE ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES

T his course provides students the skills necessary to perform a regression analysis and a

simple improvement curve in the contract audit

environment. The course stresses graphic presentation

of trend and improvement curve data, identification

of possible irregularities in the contractor’s history,

and the reporting of audit findings.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify audit situations for regression analysis or

improvement curves;

• properly utilize the correct E-Z-Quant program for

a given audit situation;

• correctly interpret the E-Z-Quant program output;

• determine if reliance can be placed upon interpretation of the output;

• analyze improvement curve data and identify

major irregularities or significant changes in trend

data; and

• research the more complex issues associated with

regression analysis and improvement curves.

Who Should Attend: This class is one of three that

may be taken by Level I personnel working toward

Level II certification. All auditors are eligible.

Prerequisite: AUD 1130

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: QPC

AUD 8562

DEFENSE CONTRACT AUDIT AGENCY

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT POLICY

All new supervisors, GS-13 and above, must

complete this course. The Defense Contract

Audit Agency (DCAA) recommends that new

supervisors attend within 3 months of promotion.

The student will learn to apply critical personnel

procedures that are essential to the success of a

DCAA supervisor.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• explain the relationship of merit system principles

to the prohibited personnel practices;

• describe a supervisor’s responsibilities regarding

probationary periods, the merit promotion program, the leave program, the grievance process,

employee records, sexual harassment prevention,

reasonable accommodation requests, discrimination complaints, and the use of the Employee Assistance Program;

• identify the criteria for a termination decision;

• apply timely and appropriate recognition of employee accomplishments;

• promote the employee suggestion program;

• establish and monitor a Performance Improvement Plan;

• recognize and react to employee discipline situations;

• explain when collective bargaining agreements

supercede DCAAM 1400.1;

• apply procedures to accomplish employee training and construct training plans;

• list the components of the EEO Program;

• identify an approach to effectively manage a diverse workforce;

• explain DCAA’s drug testing program; and

• use DCAA’s emergency procedures and guidelines.

Who Should Attend: New GS-13 Supervisory Auditors and other managers and supervisors needing a

refresher should attend.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: CBJ
26

CHAPTER 3

BCF 102

FUNDAMENTALS OF EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT

T his course builds on the Earned Value Management (EVM) concepts introduced in ACQ 101.

Students learn in a virtual classroom environment. The course summarizes the language, data

reports, metrics, graphs, and management processes

associated with EVM as they apply to DoD acquisition management. The course emphasizes the processes related to the Performance Measurement

Baseline (PMB), the Integrated Baseline Review (IBR),

and the American National Standards Institute

(ANSI) for EVM Systems. Finally students evaluate

and compute basic EVM metrics and EVM metricbased Estimates at Completion (EAC).

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe, in plain language, the acronyms and

meaning of EVM-associated vocabulary;

• identify the program management data elements

and processes associated with PMB development;

• understand how the ANSI EVM Industry Standard

is used to certify EVM-integrated management

systems;

• explain the IBR process and purpose;

• compute and comprehend the meaning of selected

EVM metrics and EVM EACs; and

• identify acquisition organizations, stakeholders,

and formal agreements associated with EVM.

Who Should Attend: This course is for military

officers, O-1 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above;

and equivalent industry personnel working in, or

selected for, positions requiring knowledge and use

of EVM.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 20 work days of the

start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: Q1B

BCF 101

FUNDAMENTALS OF COST ANALYSIS

Policies and techniques are introduced for preparing weapons systems life cycle cost estimates,

including DoD estimating requirements and

guidance, estimate use and structure, analogy estimates, parametric estimating, improvement curves,

inflation, risk, economic analysis, and software cost

estimating. Practical exercises and a case study give

the student the opportunity to apply these skills.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• define cost data and apply appropriate quantitative techniques to estimate costs for major defense

acquisition programs;

• explain cost estimating policies; and

• perform a life cycle cost analysis.

Who Should Attend: BCF 101 is required for DoD

employees responsible for the preparation of materiel

system life cycle cost estimates. It is also beneficial for

individuals who use information from life cycle cost

estimates, supervise cost estimators, prepare budgets

based on life cycle cost estimates, manage acquisition

programs, evaluate and negotiate contract proposals,

or want to learn cost estimating basics.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101. Students need competence in

algebra equal to a second-year high school algebra

course. At http://www.dau.mil/registrar/_precourses.asp an algebra tutorial is available. Students

with questions about their math skills should contact

the course manager. Students will also need a calculator and familiarity with IBM-compatible computers

and spreadsheet packages.

Recommended: Introductory course in statistics

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q1A
27

CHAPTER 3

BCF 103

FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT

T he Fundamentals of Business Financial Management course develops skills necessary for

formulating and executing a program office

budget. Topics include cost analysis; funding policies;

the DoD Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and

Execution (PPBE) process; the congressional enactment process; and the budget execution process.

These skills are developed through interactive computer-based training.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe the overall DoD resource allocation process and identify the terminology and concepts

used in analyzing the costs of defense acquisition

programs;

• explain the appropriations, policies, and practices

applicable to developing a program budget;

• examine the PPBE process and the impact of programming and budgeting decisions on defense

acquisition programs;

• summarize the congressional enactment process

and the impact of congressional actions on defense acquisition programs; and

• identify the processes by which budget authority

is apportioned, executed, and reprogrammed in

accordance with public law.

Who Should Attend: BCF 103 is required for military officers and DoD civilians working in, or selected for, positions requiring knowledge or use

of funds management principles. Equivalent industry personnel are encouraged to attend.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Recommended: Baccalaureate degree and 1 year

of BCEFM acquisition experience

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: PGC

BCF 203

INTERMEDIATE EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT

I

ntermediate Earned Value Management (EVM)

students work as members of an integrated product

team for the system development and demonstration phase of a small ACAT I program. In the

context of integrated program management, students

review, develop, and experience the EVM-related

processes associated with requirements generation,

acquisition strategy development, Request for Proposal (RFP) development, source selection, risk management, Integrated Baseline Review (IBR), and

analysis during program execution.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• articulate the relationship between EVM and

defense acquisition management;

• develop EVM strategies consistent with EVM

policy and appropriate for associated program

risks;

• prepare EVM requirements for the RFP;

• evaluate integrated management systems with

respect to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) EVM Industry Standard;

• plan, organize, participate in, and manage a typical IBR; and

• evaluate EVM data as an element of integrated

program management that includes warfighter requirements, contracts, risk management, critical

path schedules, and internal and external reporting.

Who Should Attend: This course is for military

officers, O-3 and above; DoD civilians, GS-9 and

above; and equivalent industry personnel needing

knowledge of EVM principles.

Prerequisite: BCF 102

Precourse Materials: A self-assessment is available

from the course manager to determine the

student’s suitability for attendance.

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: Q2G
28

CHAPTER 3

BCF 205

CONTRACTOR BUSINESS STRATEGIES

(Formerly Contractor Finance for Acquisition Managers)

T he Contractor Business Strategies course provides students a better understanding of a commercial environment. The primary emphasis is

on the impact business decisions have on the customer and the company’s financial position. The

course is taught with a business perspective, emphasizing the marketplace defined by having the

Federal Government as a primary customer.

Throughout the course, this environment is compared and contrasted with commercial business

practices and processes.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• recognize and analyze business issues and the resulting impact on the financial condition of the

company; and

• understand and use the vocabulary and concepts

necessary to discuss these issues with the defense

contractor community.

Who Should Attend: This course is for military

officers, O-3 and above, and DoD civilians, GS-9

and above, who have 3 to 5 years of experience in

financial management and are involved in the systems acquisition process, interface with contractors,

or deal with contractor data. The course is also recommended for personnel in the Program Management career field.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201B

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2A

BCF 204

INTERMEDIATE COST ANALYSIS

I

ntermediate Cost Analysis emphasizes development and application of cost analysis techniques

and estimate interpretation. The course addresses

estimate definition and planning, data collections,

formulation, review and presentation, and documentation. Estimating techniques, such as parametrics,

analogies, expert opinions, and improvement curves,

are addressed in more depth. Computations are

done using Automated Cost Estimating Integrated

Tools (ACEIT).

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the cost estimating process;

• normalize data for content, quantity, and economic year;

• develop cost estimates using various techniques;

• document cost models and estimates;

• apply time-phasing techniques in development,

production, and operating support phases of the

life cycle, including cost improvements curves;

and

• understand and perform sensitivity and risk

analysis of an estimate.

Who Should Attend: This course is required for

Level II certification for the DoD acquisition cost

analyst; it is suggested for anyone in the financial

management or earned value area.

Prerequisite: BCF 101

Note: Students must provide, and be familiar with,

a scientific calculator.

Recommended: Two years of acquisition experience in cost estimating, financial management, or the

earned value analysis job series is recommended.

Algebra competence is essential, and some familiarity with statistics is beneficial. Students should direct

math skills questions to the course manager.

Length: 15 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2B
29

CHAPTER 3

BCF 206

COST RISK ANALYSIS

Cost Risk Analysis prepares cost analysts to

model the cost risk associated with a defense

acquisition program. Topics covered include

basic probability concepts, subjective probability assessment, goodness-of-fit testing, basic simulation

concepts, and spreadsheet-based simulation. Practical exercises, a small-group workshop, and a capstone article review reinforce the techniques taught.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• assess subjective probabilities to represent uncertain cost elements in a defense acquisition program;

• model the cost risk associated with a defense acquisition program; and

• judge the reasonableness of a cost risk analysis for

a defense acquisition program.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for DoD Acquisition, Technology,

and Logistics (AT&L) workforce personnel whose duties include developing and/or evaluating cost estimates for such areas as procurement, software, research and development, weapons systems, etc.;

planning and management of DoD systems acquisitions; evaluation and negotiation of contract proposals; and cost and performance tradeoff analyses.

Participants typically include members from the

BCEFM community as well as personnel in Program

Management; Contracting; Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering; and Information Technology.

Prerequisite: BCF 101

Recommended: ACQ 201B and a working familiarity with any spreadsheet package

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2C

BCF 207

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

Economic Analysis (EA) prepares students to

conduct economic analyses within the DoD

environment. Topics include decision analysis,

cost analysis, present value, and sensitivity analysis. Practical exercises and a group workshop are

used in class.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• determine the most cost-effective way of conducting DoD business;

• determine the alternative that will warrant the

highest benefits;

• estimate the costs of competing alternatives in an

EA in accordance with Office of Management and

Budget Circular A-94; Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI) 7041.3; and DoD 7000.14R, Vol. 2B,

Chapter 58;

• assess the uncertainty that may exist, using sensitivity analysis and prior estimates of benefits and

costs of competing alternatives in an EA; and

• provide a rationale for conclusions.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for personnel who develop and/or evaluate costs and benefits of alternative courses of action (lease vs. buy, in-house vs. contractor, privatization or outsourcing, or repair or replace). Participants

typically include the BCEFM community. This course

would also be appropriate for personnel in Program

Management; Contracting; Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering; Information

Technology; and non-DoD personnel who conduct

economic analyses of materiel systems.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: A working familiarity with any

spreadsheet package

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2D
30

CHAPTER 3

BCF 209A

ACQUISITION REPORTING COURSE, PART A

(Formerly Selected Acquisition Report)

The Acquisition Reporting Course, Part A, provides basic terminology, concepts, and policy information regarding acquisition reports, such as

the Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), Selected Acquisition Report (SAR), and Defense Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES) for Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs), and Major Automated

Information Systems (MAIS).

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

online course will be able to:

• apply acquisition reporting policy to report preparation requirements; and

• integrate and apply concepts learned online to review Consolidated Acquisition Reporting System

(CARS)-based acquisition reports.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for military officers, O-1 and above, and

DoD civilians, GS-7 and above. It is available to acquisition personnel whose assignment requires understanding, preparing, or reviewing of MDAPs/MAIS

programs or reporting using the CARS software. Civilians under contract to support a military program office with a reporting requirement are eligible with

the recommendation of the program manager.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: ACQ 101 and BCF 103

Note: BCF 209 includes the content of the former

BCF 802 and has been separated into three segments:

• Part A is designed for those who require knowledge of acquisition reports and those who prepare and review reports.

• Part B is required for MAIS report preparers only.

The resident curriculum addresses APB and DAES

reports using CARS software.

• Part C is required for MDAPs report preparers only.

The resident curriculum addresses APB and DAES

reports and SARs using CARS software.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BE5

BCF 208

SOFTWARE COST ESTIMATING

Software Cost Estimating is designed for those

who estimate and/or review the cost of software

development and maintenance. Topics include

life cycle management, development paradigms,

capability evaluations, risk analysis, reuse, Commercial Off-The-Shelf (COTS) items, function points, IEEE/

EIA 12207, parametric models, and model calibration.

Case studies allow students to apply the course materials.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe the software acquisition process;

• determine an appropriate cost estimating methodology and the types of data required for a software cost estimate;

• use models for software life cycle cost estimating;

• compare and contrast alternative techniques for

software cost estimating;

• apply software cost estimating techniques;

• discuss the strengths and weaknesses of software

cost estimating models; and

• discuss major influences on software cost estimating.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific course

is for personnel whose duties impact embedded or

automated information systems acquisitions. It includes developing and/or evaluating cost estimates

for life cycle management, planning and managing

DoD systems acquisitions, evaluating and/or negotiating contract proposals, or analyzing cost and performance tradeoffs. Participants typically include members of the BCEFM community as well as personnel

in Program Management, Software Engineering,

and Information Technology.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: ACQ 201, BCF 101, SAM 101, and a

working familiarity with any word-processing package on an IBM-compatible personal computer

Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2E
31

CHAPTER 3

BCF 209B

ACQUISITION REPORTING COURSE, PART B

(Formerly Selected Acquisition Report)

The Acquisition Reporting Course, Part B, prepares

acquisition personnel to generate and review

the Acquisition Program Baseline (APB) and

Defense Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES) for

Major Automated Information Systems (MAIS) programs. Students complete precourse material online

prior to applying these concepts in the classroom.

During the in-class lecture and computer-assisted

case studies, the student learns step-by-step report

preparation using the Consolidated Acquisition Reporting System (CARS) software.

Objective: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to prepare, generate, and review

CARS-based acquisition reports. (Selected Acquisition

Report (SAR) students should enroll in BCF 209C.)

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for military officers, O-1 and above, and

DoD civilians, GS-7 and above. It is generally limited to acquisition personnel who prepare or review

MAIS programs or reports using the CARS software.

Civilians under contract to support a military program office with a reporting requirement are eligible with the recommendation of the program

manager. Students may take this course as a refresher to obtain information updates.

Prerequisite: BCF 209A

Recommended: ACQ 101 and BCF 103

Note: This course is for MAIS personnel.

• Part A is designed for those who require knowledge of acquisition reports and those who prepare and review reports.

• Part B is required for MAIS report preparers only.

The resident curriculum addresses APB and DAES

reports using CARS software.

Major Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs) personnel should enroll in BCF 209C.

Length: 2 class days.

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BE6

BCF 209C

ACQUISITION REPORTING COURSE, PART C

(Formerly Selected Acquisition Report)

T he Acquisition Reporting Course, Part C, prepares

acquisition personnel to generate and review

the Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), the Defense Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES), and

the Selected Acquisition Report (SAR) for Major Acquisition Defense Programs (MDAPs). Students complete precourse material online prior to applying

these concepts in the classroom. During the in-class

lecture and computer-assisted case studies, the student learns step-by-step report preparation using

the Consolidated Acquisition Reporting System

(CARS) software.

Objective: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to prepare, generate, and review CARS-based acquisition reports, including the

SAR. MAIS students should enroll in BCF 209B.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for military officers, O-1 and above, and

DoD civilians, GS-7 and above. It is generally limited to acquisition personnel who prepare or review

MDAPs or report using the CARS software. Civilians

under contract to support a military program office

with a reporting requirement are eligible with the

recommendation of the program manager. Students

may take this course as a refresher to obtain information updates.

Prerequisite: BCF 209A (BCF 209B is not a prerequisite for BCF 209C.)

Recommended: ACQ 101 and BCF 103

Note: This course is for MDAPs personnel.

• Part A is designed for those who require knowledge of acquisition reports and those who prepare and review reports.

• Part C is required for MDAP report preparers only.

The resident curriculum addresses APB and DAES

reports and SARs using CARS software.

Major Automated Information Systems (MAIS) personnel should enroll in BCF 209B.

Length: 4 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BE7
32

CHAPTER 3

BCF 215

OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST ANALYSIS

T his course provides students the concepts and

methodologies needed to develop operating

and support (O&S) cost estimates, total ownership cost reduction studies, Cost As an Independent

Variable (CAIV) management processes, and other

management decisions where O&S costs are relevant.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• recognize the full spectrum of costs included in

O&S cost estimates;

• plan and perform an O&S cost estimate that appropriately supports defense management decisions;

• obtain and normalize O&S data;

• apply appropriate cost estimating methods and

models;

• document estimates; and

• apply economic analysis tools to evaluate alternative courses of action.

Who Should Attend: This is an assignment-specific

course. It should be taken by DoD Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) workforce personnel

whose duties include (1) developing and/or evaluating O&S cost estimates, (2) conducting logistics support analyses, (3) engineering development in programs implementing CAIV or Reduction in Total

Ownership Cost (RTOC) management, and (4) preparing cost and performance tradeoff analyses, such

as force-structure studies. Participants will typically

include members from the Business, Cost Estimating,

and Financial Management; Life Cycle Logistics; and

Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering communities. This course would also be

appropriate for program/project managers.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: 2 years of experience in defense

acquisition cost estimating, financial management,

logistics, engineering, or program management. BCF

101 and ACQ 101 are highly recommended. Competence in algebra is required.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: Q2H

BCF 211

ACQUISITION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Acquisition Business Management offers handson experience in dealing with common financial

issues in acquisition that include cost estimating; earned value analysis; Planning, Programming,

Budgeting and Execution (PPBE); congressional enactment; and budget preparation and execution. To

review basic concepts, students must complete an Internet-based precourse portion prior to applying

these concepts in the classroom.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• prepare, justify, and defend budget exhibits and

obligation/expenditure plans;

• formulate impact/reclama statements and reports;

and

• develop and defend business aspects of the acquisition and PPBE cycle.

Who Should Attend: This course is for intermediatelevel personnel in positions supporting DoD weapons

systems and various aspects of business and financial

management throughout the life cycle of a system.

Prerequisite: BCF 102 and BCF 103

Recommended: 2 years of acquisition experience

and completion of ACQ 201

Length: Online precourse portion—60 days; resident

portion immediately follows—5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: RG5
33

CHAPTER 3

BCF 301

BUSINESS, COST ESTIMATING, AND FINANCIAL

MANAGEMENT WORKSHOP

T his capstone course teaches students how to

apply Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial

Management (BCEFM) concepts, techniques,

and on-the-job experience to functional interrelationships and opportunities among the disciplines of cost

estimating, earned value management, and financial

management.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• explain the tasks and duties of BCEFM functions;

• define current BCEFM-related laws, regulations,

policies, and procedures;

• evaluate the interrelationships among the BCEFM

functions; and

• point out the appropriate decision-making information based on the integrated nature of a

BCEFM task.

Who Should Attend: This course is for personnel in

positions supporting DoD weapons systems and the

various aspects of business and financial management throughout the life cycle of a system.

Prerequisite: Level II certification in BCEFM

Recommended: 4 years of acquisition experience

Precourse Materials: A self-assessment will be

mailed to students before class begins and should

be faxed back to the course manager prior to the

class start date. Also, students should come to class

prepared to research a work-related topic. They will

either brief the class on their findings or prepare a

paper at the end of the course.

Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZF

CON 100

SHAPING SMART BUSINESS ARRANGEMENTS

Personnel new to the contracting specialty will gain

a comprehensive understanding of the environment in which they will serve. Students will develop professional skills for making business decisions and for advising other acquisition team members in successfully meeting customers’ needs. Before

beginning their study of technical knowledge and

contracting procedures, students will learn about the

different DoD mission areas and the procurement alternatives for each. Knowledge management and information systems will be introduced as well. Small

group exercises will prepare the students to provide

contracting support within the overarching business

relationships of government and industry.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe the acquisition/contracting mission and

its impact on the American economic system;

• select training and development opportunities for

career progression;

• describe the interdependence of functional team

members;

• describe the importance of the oversight roles of

the General Accounting Office and the DoD Inspector General;

• explain the characteristics and responsibilities of

the contracting professional in the role of a business advisor;

• explain the distinctive interests of both the buyer

and seller and the role those interests play;

• determine the relationship between financial and

acquisition communities and how fundamental financial principles and requirements are important;

• describe commercial acquisition and governmentunique requirements of market research in identifying the best arrangements to meet mission requirements; and

• explain e-business and information technology in

supporting business processes.

Who should attend: CON 100 is for personnel who

are new to the contracting workforce.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: JHE
34

CHAPTER 3

CON 104B

PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT PRICING, PART B

Principles of Contract Pricing, Part B, is designed

for entry-level contracting personnel. As an entrylevel course, CON 104B will help the student

understand some of the basic terminology and concepts of pricing as they relate to fair and reasonable

pricing. Students will build upon the foundation provided in CON 104A.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• perform a profit analysis, including the appropriate use and application of requirements relative

to cost of money;

• integrate and apply the various concepts and

methods learned online to a real-time cost analysis in the form of an integrating exercise;

• apply selected techniques of cost of money and

profit analysis; and

• apply the essential techniques, strategies, and

tactics of the negotiation process.

Who Should Attend: This course is for civilians, GS5 and above; military officers, O-1 and above; and

enlisted personnel, E-4 and above, working in contracting positions. Members of related acquisition

career fields are also strongly encouraged to attend.

Prerequisite: CON 104A

Recommended: A knowledge of basic math skills

is strongly recommended, such as:

• knowing the mathematical order of operations

(parentheses, multiplication, division, addition,

and subtraction);

• solving the formula for a straight line (Y=A+BX,

given Y and X data); and

• operating a basic functions calculator (*,/,+,-).

A math tutorial is provided in CON 104A and at the

DAU Continuous Learning Center (http://clc.dau.mil)

for those in need of a refresher. Once you are at

this Web site, click on “Learning Center” and “Course

Information & Access.”

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: RGR

CON 104A

PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT PRICING, PART A

Principles of Contract Pricing, Part A, is designed

for entry-level contracting personnel. As an entrylevel course, CON 104A will help the student

understand some of the basic terminology and concepts of pricing as they relate to fair and reasonable

pricing.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the general environment of contract

pricing;

• determine the sources and means of acquiring

data for cost and price analysis;

• analyze direct and indirect costs; and

• understand the structured approach to profit

analysis and requirements relative to cost of

money.

Who Should Attend: This course is for civilians, GS5 and above; military officers, O-1 and above; and

enlisted personnel, E-4 and above, working in contracting positions. Members of related acquisition

career fields are also strongly encouraged to attend.

Prerequisite: Either CON 101 or CON 110 and

CON 111 and CON 112

Recommended: A knowledge of basic math skills

is strongly recommended, such as:

• knowing the mathematical order of operations

(parentheses, multiplication, division, addition,

and subtraction);

• solving the formula for a straight line (Y=A+BX,

given Y and X data); and

• operating a basic functions calculator (*,/,+,-).

For those in need of a refresher, a math tutorial is

provided in CON 104A and at the DAU Continuous

Learning Center (http://clc.dau.mil). Once you are

at this Web site, click on “Learning Center” and

“Course Information & Access.”

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: RG6
35

CHAPTER 3

CON 110

MISSION SUPPORT PLANNING

T he CON 110 course will introduce personnel

new to the contracting field to their role as a

business advisor in the acquisition process. It

focuses on the students’ role in understanding their

customers’ mission and their ability to plan successful mission support strategies based upon their

knowledge of the contracting environment and

their customer needs. Students will learn how to

use the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS), conduct effective market research,

develop alternative acquisition strategies, and understand how socioeconomic programs support the

acquisition planning process.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify key characteristics necessary to establish

successful customer relationships;

• locate information in the FAR and DFARS;

• identify, select, and analyze sources and types of

market research information available for a specific acquisition;

• identify factors to consider when developing an

acquisition strategy and requirements documents;

• differentiate between various socioeconomic programs;

• differentiate between various methods of acquisition and contract types.

Who Should Attend: Personnel new to the contracting workforce or noncontracting personnel who

play a role in the acquisition process.

Prerequisite: None (CON 100 is desired before taking CON 110, CON 111, and CON 112. However, if it

is more practical from a scheduling standpoint, students may take CON 110, CON 111, and CON 112

before completing CON 100.)

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date. This course consists of eight lessons,

which typically could be completed in approximately

40 hours.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BEO

CON 111

MISSION STRATEGY EXECUTION

Mission Strategy Execution is the second of

three online Level I contracting courses. It

focuses on executing the acquisition planning

through soliciting industry and awarding a contract.

It provides students with the knowledge necessary

to execute an acquisition that optimizes customer

mission performance. Students will learn the techniques and benefits of early industry involvement

in shaping requirements. Students will learn basic

procedures for acquisition of both commercial and

noncommercial requirements, effectively conduct

price analysis, and determine when a price is fair

and reasonable. Finally students will learn how to

conduct basic competitive acquisitions, process

awards, and handle protests before and after contract award.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• evaluate and determine the adequacy of a purchase request package;

• identify the components of and procedures for

preparing an oral or written solicitation;

• identify and select a technique for making a price

reasonableness determination;

• recognize factors to be considered when evaluating and providing government financing;

• conduct price analysis to determine a fair and

reasonable price; and

• identify appropriate actions to resolve protests.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

personnel new to the contracting workforce and

noncontracting personnel who play a role in the acquisition process.

Prerequisite: CON 110

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date. This course consists of 8 lessons that

can be completed in approximately 40 hours.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BE8
36

CHAPTER 3

CON 120

MISSION FOCUSED CONTRACTING

T his is the capstone course for CON Level I students. This course engages the students in the

entire acquisition process from meeting with

the customer to completing the contract closeout

process. Students will have an opportunity to learn

and apply leadership, problem-solving, and negotiation skills. Using an integrated case study approach,

students will apply the knowledge and skills gained

in the previous CON Level I courses.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• provide contracting advice based on market research;

• prepare a solicitation package;

• prepare, award, and debrief a contract requirement;

• evaluate price reasonableness and conduct price

negotiations;

• plan and conduct a post-award conference; and

• modify a contract, exercise a contract option, and

complete the contract closeout process.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

personnel new to the contracting workforce or

noncontracting personnel who play a role in the acquisition process.

Prerequisites: CON 100 and CON 112

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: JHN

CON 112

MISSION PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT

Mission Performance Assessment is the final of

three online courses. This course builds on the

foundation established in CON 110 and CON

111 and provides students with the knowledge necessary to identify and utilize appropriate performance metrics when evaluating contractor performance. Students will explore processes for working

with their customer to ensure contract performance

is meeting mission requirements. Students will explore assessment strategies and performance remedies, how to make and price contract changes after

award, handle disputes, and finally how to close out

completed contracts.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• evaluate a contractor’s performance;

• identify and evaluate commercial and noncommercial financing arrangements;

• determine the appropriate actions necessary to

ensure customer satisfaction;

• identify and select the appropriate course of action for resolving a contractor dispute; and

• identify contract closeout procedures.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

personnel new to the contracting workforce or

noncontracting personnel who play a role in the acquisition process.

Prerequisite: CON 111

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course available through the Internet. Students must pass the final

examination within 60 calendar days of the start date.

This course consists of 6 lessons, which typically could

be completed in approximately 20 hours.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BE9
37

CHAPTER 3

CON 202

INTERMEDIATE CONTRACTING

I

ntermediate-level contracting personnel examine

contracting, focusing on complex, noncommercial

acquisitions. Through an integrated case study,

students are challenged to accept their roles as business advisors and to apply ethical principles and

sound judgment to resolve contracting issues.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• plan procurement, including acquisition planning

with a formal source selection plan pursuant to the

analysis of market research and requirements

documents and consideration of recurring requirements, government property, competition, contract

type, and contract financing;

• create a contract, including preparation of a Request for Proposal, evaluation of factors, competitive range determination, discussions, and processing of a request for final proposal revisions;

• prepare an award decision, conduct debriefings,

and take steps to mitigate and/or resolve protests;

and

• administer a contract, including administration

planning, conducting a post-award orientation,

contract surveillance and quality assurance, financial management, and terminations.

Who Should Attend: This course is for intermediatelevel contracting personnel with Level I Contracting

certification and 2 years of contracting experience.

Prerequisite: CON 104B or CON 120

Recommended: 21⁄2 years of contracting experience after completing CON 101 or the combination

of CON 110, CON 111, and CON 112

Precourse Materials: Read-ahead assignment—

Lessons 1—3

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGE

CON 204

INTERMEDIATE CONTRACT PRICING

This course reinforces pricing skills taught in

CON 104, Parts A and B, and further develops

skills in price and cost analysis. Through team

case studies, students demonstrate their ability to

recognize, resolve, and provide advice on pricing issues and appropriately use price and cost analysis in

developing prenegotiation objectives.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• use pricing-related market research and know the

benefits of its use;

• understand collaboration opportunities to streamline price/cost analysis efforts;

• recognize the appropriateness of the cost/price

analysis as it relates to preferred acquisition approaches;

• realize when and how to perform various cost/price

analysis techniques and how to use the results;

• consider cash flow and analysis from the supplier

and customer perspectives; and

• understand how to use and advise on alternative

contract incentives.

Who Should Attend: Level I certified personnel

who are working on Level II certification should

take this course.

Prerequisite: CON 104B or CON 120 (If it is practical

from a scheduling standpoint, CON 202 is highly

recommended prior to taking CON 204.)

Precourse Materials: A welcome packet is provided approximately 30 days prior to attendance. It

outlines objectives, purpose, competencies, introductory reading material, and sample problems relevant

to the course.

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BU6
38

CHAPTER 3

CON 232

OVERHEAD MANAGEMENT OF DEFENSE CONTRACTS

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts

provides an understanding of industry overhead

costs and their impact on seller pricing/business

strategies under various acquisition environments with

differing contract types. Attendees will understand

the development and application of overhead rates

used in contract formation, administration, and closeout. The course-integrating case provides hands-on

application of the overhead-rate process where students determine their own final overhead rates.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• develop, evaluate, and apply indirect rates;

• assess program impacts with the changing business base;

• interpret Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA)

audit reports and evaluate recommendations; and

• make final decisions on cost issues.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is appropriate for contracting officers, buyers,

price analysts, auditors, and contract administration

personnel who are assigned to projects in which

overhead situations are present or who are involved

in either contract formation or administration.

Prerequisite: CON 104B or CON 120 (CON 204 is

highly recommended but not mandatory.)

Recommended: It is strongly recommended that all

applicants have at least 1 year of contracting experience after Level I certification before attending this

course.

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BKA

CON 210

GOVERNMENT CONTRACT LAW

Attendees will understand the impact of government contract law on acquisition. The

course introduces basic principles and sources

of law relevant to acquisition. Court cases and administrative decisions emphasize how law affects

the government-contractor relationship, legal disputes, and the maintenance of ethical business.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• analyze how the law affects government contract

formation;

• differentiate among types of inspection, warranties, acceptance, and changes;

• articulate key issues and describe procedures

available for dispute resolution;

• contrast different forums available to hear protests relating to government contract formation

and describe the basic issues;

• explain the allocation and enforcement of government rights to various types of property;

• identify and apply limitations on spending of government funds; and

• recognize procurement fraud and available remedies.

Who Should Attend: This course is for intermediatelevel personnel who are responsible for contract

formation or management.

Note: Online precourse material is required for

completion of this course; no walk-ins will be

permitted.

Prerequisites: CON 104B or CON 120

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BDP
39

CHAPTER 3

CON 234

CONTINGENCY CONTRACTING

Contingency Contracting develops skills for contracting support provided to Joint Forces across

the full spectrum of military operations. Exercises focus on unique aspects of contingency operations, critical thinking skills, and the execution of appropriate contractual instruments.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify and apply contracting laws, regulations,

and procedures for contingencies;

• apply ethical principles in procurement decisions

in foreign environments;

• identify key personnel and organizations in contingencies, explain their roles and responsibilities, and

illustrate required coordination;

• summarize and discuss elements of contingency

contracting support planning;

• assess customer requirements and execute appropriate procurement actions;

• prepare, assemble, administer, and close out contracts, documents, files, and reports; and

• recognize cross-cultural behavior patterns and antiterrorism force protection measures and explain

their impact on contingency contracting.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for Contracting and Purchasing career

field personnel who are in deployable positions.

Whenever practical, students should attend the

course prior to assuming duties as a deployable

contracting officer or purchasing agent.

Prerequisite: Either CON 101 or CON 110 and

CON 111 and CON 112

Recommended: 2 years of purchasing or contracting experience and CON 237

Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PAP

CON 235

ADVANCED CONTRACT PRICING

From price-based acquisition to the traditional

cost-based environment, this course is designed

for buyers, price analysts, and contracting officers tasked with obtaining fair and reasonable prices.

CON 235 addresses market forces, the market research process, commerciality issues, and cost/price

analysis techniques, such as interviewing experts,

analogy, decision theory, earned value statistics,

parametrics, learning curves, and risk analysis.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• use inferential statistics and hypotheses testing;

• analyze the relationship between two or more

variables, describe that relationship using regression analysis, and defend the appropriateness of

the model;

• perform cost-risk analysis to support prenegotiation objectives;

• integrate quantitative techniques in a cost/price

estimate;

• conduct market research on a given procurement

item; and

• conduct a price analysis of a commercial item as

broadly defined by Federal Acquisition Regulation

(FAR) criteria.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific course

is for any Level II/III personnel desiring advancement in major acquisitions (systems, sustainment, or

services), particularly in a price-based acquisition environment.

Prerequisite: CON 204

Recommended: Level II Contracting certification

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAQ
40

CHAPTER 3

CON 237

SIMPLIFIED ACQUISITION PROCEDURES

The Simplified Acquisition Procedures (SAPs)

course is intended to support the training of

the DoD AT&L workforce on the use of SAPs

utilizing Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), Parts

12 and 13. This course combines interactive computer-based training with performance-support resource access, which is provided via the Internet.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• recognize and explain the advantages of using

SAPs for acquisition;

• identify the purchases that can be made using SAPs;

• use requirements documents to list market research sources and determine whether to set

aside requirement for small business;

• decide whether data justify a decision regarding

the extent of competition;

• explain the importance of the requirement to

maintain an open-market source list;

• plan a solicitation, evaluate quotes, and select a

contractor for award; and

• solve post-award issues.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed as a

continuing education tool for personnel requiring

knowledge in using SAPs.

Prerequisite: None

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: PAS

CON 236

CONTRACTUAL ASPECTS OF VALUE ENGINEERING

This course provides an intensive review of the

techniques and objectives of the DoD Value Engineering (VE) program. Students are exposed to

basic VE concepts and definitions and the relationship

of VE to other incentives contained in the contract and

subcontracts.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply the appropriate VE clause by differentiating

among the types of VE programs;

• validate, by assessment, VE Change Proposals

(VECPs);

• calculate savings resulting from accepted VECPs;

and

• modify the contract after formal processing and

acceptance of the VECP.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for contracting, program management, and

functional personnel who may be involved in VE

applications or who support major weapons systems

and can be expected to encounter specific VE activity. Although the course is targeted for contracting

personnel, individuals not assigned to contracting

are encouraged to attend.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: Level II certification in Contracting

or a field of expertise is desirable before attending

this course. A working knowledge of contracting, program management, or a functional area of expertise,

with 2 years of experience, is a satisfactory substitute.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAR
41

CHAPTER 3

CON 243

ARCHITECT-ENGINEER CONTRACTING

T his course focuses on contracting for AchitectEngineer (A-E) services. The course is designed

for AT&L personnel in the Contracting career

field who have achieved a solid baseline of contracting knowledge through actual experience and

completion of all Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) Level I courses. Students

will cover issues across the contracting spectrum, including acquisition planning, source selection, proposal analysis, contract award and work, and contract management. Specific topics and practical

exercises also include the Brooks Act, SF-330, slate

and selection process, review of government estimates, liability, Title II services, modifications, and

Contracting Officer Technical Representative (COTR)

responsibilities.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• determine the necessity of using Brooks Act procedures;

• select an A-E firm;

• negotiate, award, manage, and administer a contract to satisfy the needs of the government; and

• understand critical pre- and post-award functions

concerning A-E contracts.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is intended for military and civilian AT&L

workforce members in the Contracting career field

who are assigned contracting responsibilities for A-E

contracts. Whenever practical, students should attend

CON 243 prior to assuming A-E contracting duties.

Prerequisite: CON 104B

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGF

CON 244

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTING

T his course focuses on unique construction contracting issues, such as acquisition planning,

contract performance management, funding,

environmental concerns, construction contract language, construction contracting in the commercial

setting, the Davis-Bacon Act, design/build, basic

schedule delay analysis, constructive changes, acceleration, and construction contract quality management.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• conduct appropriate, successful, effective construction acquisition planning;

• properly solicit and award a construction contract;

• diagnose, troubleshoot, and determine better construction contract administration; and,

• through critical analysis/thinking, select the best

construction business decision given the contract

situation.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific course

is for military and civilian personnel in the DoD AT&L

workforce who are in the Contracting career field

or who are assigned specific contract administration

duties for construction contracts, e.g., professional engineers, quality assurance personnel, and legal

counsel personnel. Whenever practical, students

should attend the course prior to assuming duties related to construction contracting.

Prerequisite: CON 104B

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGG
42

CHAPTER 3

CON 251

FUNDAMENTALS OF COST ACCOUNTING

STANDARDS—PART II

F

undamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—

Part II, provides detailed, hands-on instruction in

the various aspects of Public Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost Accounting Standards Board and the Cost Accounting

Standards (CAS). Whereas Part I addresses only

those standards applicable to modified CAS coverage, Part II addresses additional standards for full

CAS coverage situations.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• determine if a given practice is compliant with

CAS (full CAS coverage);

• verify applicability and compliance with the numerous standards for fully covered contractors, including CAS 403–404, 407–411, 414–415, 417–418,

and 420;

• determine if and when disclosure of the contractor’s practices is required;

• determine whether a cost impact proposal is necessary; and,

• if a cost impact proposal is necessary, determine

appropriate contract adjustments.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for civilian (or equivalent military) personnel, GS-9 and above, with at least 2

years of experience in the Contracting career field.

Personnel should be responsible for CAS administration for one or more fully covered contractors or

have a current (or pending) assignment dealing with

fully covered contractor CAS issues on a regular basis.

Prerequisite: CON 250

Recommended: Completion of a first-year college

accounting course or equivalent and completion of

CON 232

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZN

CON 250

FUNDAMENTALS OF COST ACCOUNTING

STANDARDS—PART I

F

undamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—

Part I, provides detailed, hands-on instruction in

the various aspects of Public Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of the Cost Accounting Standards Board, the Cost Accounting Standards (CAS), and disclosure statements for Federal

contracts. Part I addresses only those standards applicable to modified CAS coverage.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• determine if a given practice is compliant with CAS

401, 402, 405, and 406 (modified CAS coverage);

• verify applicability of CAS and type of coverage;

• determine if and when disclosure of the contractor’s practices is required;

• determine if a cost impact proposal is necessary; and,

• if a cost impact proposal is necessary, determine

appropriate contract adjustments.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for civilian (or equivalent military) personnel, GS-9 and above, with at least 2

years of experience in the Contracting career field.

Personnel should be responsible for CAS administration for one or more contractors or have a current

(or pending) assignment dealing with CAS issues.

Prerequisite: Indirect Cost Continuous Learning

Module (http://clc.dau.mil)

Recommended: Completion of a first-year college

accounting course or equivalent and completion of

CON 232

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZM
43

CHAPTER 3

CON 260A

THE SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM, PART A

T he Small Business Program, Part A, provides an

overview of the fundamentals of the DoD

Small Business Program and focuses particular

attention on the small business specialist’s role as a

vital member of the acquisition team.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• recognize those factors that shape and govern the

Small Business Program; and

• identify the duties and responsibilities of the

small business specialist in implementing the

Small Business Program.

Who Should Attend: This class is designed for all

acquisition professionals who have small business

concerns.

Prerequisite: None

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet; it typically takes

approximately 12 hours to complete. Students

must pass the final examination within 24 calendar days of the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: J08

CON 260B

THE SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM, PART B

Part B of this course delves into the intricacies of

the DoD Small Business Program. Associated programs and initiatives that support the Program

and the Department’s efforts to improve small business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting will also be reviewed, with particular attention to the small business specialist’s role as a

vital member of the acquisition team.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe how to provide assistance to small businesses in finding government prime contracting

and subcontracting opportunities;

• determine if a business is small;

• conduct market research to maximize small business participation at the prime and subcontracting

levels;

• participate as an active member of the acquisition

team in developing an appropriate acquisition

strategy that maximizes small business participation;

• describe the Small Business Administration’s role

in the acquisition process;

• implement subcontracting requirements; and

• identify other small business-related programs

and initiatives.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

acquisition professionals who have Level II certification in Contracting and who perform small business

specialist duties. This course is also recommended

for other members of the acquisition workforce;

however, to fully participate, these students should

have 2 to 4 years of acquisition experience.

Prerequisite: Level II certification in Contracting

and completion of CON 260A

Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: J09
44

CHAPTER 3

FE 201

INTERMEDIATE FACILITIES ENGINEERING

I

ntermediate Facilities Engineering is the Level II

certification course in the Facilities Engineering (FE)

career field. It provides a broad understanding of

the overall facilities engineering process and the

roles/responsibilities of acquisition team members

as they relate to the facility life cycle in support of

military missions. The course is designed to teach

the student when to seek the assistance of professionals in various specialty areas.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• discuss program management components, contracting procedures, and design and construction

processes relating to FE projects;

• discuss and apply financial laws, regulations, and

procedures;

• identify when there is a real estate acquisition,

management, or disposal component;

• apply environmental requirements that arise during the DoD facility life cycle;

• describe basic elements of the comprehensive

planning and project planning processes;

• describe elements used to manage sustainment,

restoration, and modernization; and

• relate the contingency engineering process to FE

requirements.

Who Should Attend: This course is for intermediatelevel facilities engineering personnel with Level I

Facilities Engineering certification and 2 years’ facilities engineering experience.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass a

final examination within 60 days of the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JHM

CON 353

ADVANCED BUSINESS SOLUTIONS FOR MISSION

SUPPORT

Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support

is the Level III Contracting certification course.

Through realistic scenario-based learning, students work in teams to practice developing sound

business solutions as a valued strategic and expert

business advisor. Student course work is designed to

contribute solutions to senior leadership and local

supervisors and to provide resources for the Contracting career field via the course community of

practice.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• effectively team, exercise business leadership,

and apply expertise (technical, business, and

financial) resulting in business solutions that improve mission support;

• innovate and use best practices in combination

with critical thinking, problem solving, and dilemma resolution skills for improved planning,

execution, and performance management outcomes;

• develop business solutions that reflect consideration of risk and impacts on performance and

synthesize policy as well as interests of functional

team members and the marketplace; and

• contribute to the development and implementation of change through an improved understanding

of the legislative, regulatory, and policy processes.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

contracting professionals who work, or are projected

to work, in a position requiring Level III DAWIA certification.

Prerequisite: At least 1 year of contracting experience after Level II certification

Precourse Assignments: Students must complete

all online assignments prior to attending this course.

These online assignments represent 25 percent of

the student’s grade. Details will be provided by Student Services 30 days prior to the class start date.

Length: 91⁄2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHI
45

CHAPTER 3

GRT 201

GRANTS AND AGREEMENTS MANAGEMENT

Grants and Agreements Management presents

the foundational knowledge required to begin

service as a grants officer. The course provides

the information needed to resolve relevant assistance issues by applying knowledge, discretion, and

judgment.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• explain the qualitative differences among instruments available for obligating Federal dollars and

choose the most appropriate instrument in various situations;

• identify the elements of the legal framework that

apply to assistance; and

• perform the responsibilities of the grants officer in

accordance with regulations and statutes.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific course

is designed for personnel involved in pre-award and

post-award assistance processes, e.g., DoD personnel

in a career path to become grants officers or agreements officers. The course covers grants, cooperative

agreements, and Technology Investment Agreements.

It also provides a brief overview of other types of assistance transactions. GRT 201 does not address

“other transactions” (OTs) used to carry out prototype

projects—that type of OT is an acquisition instrument

rather than an assistance instrument and is, therefore, outside the scope of the course.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: Level I Contracting courses

Length: 31⁄2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BU4

IND 100

CONTRACT PROPERTY ADMINISTRATION AND

DISPOSITION FUNDAMENTALS

T his course provides property administrators, plant

clearance officers, contracting officers, and personnel in related fields a comprehensive understanding of the contractual regulatory and statutory

requirements for government property administration and disposition.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• state the government’s policies and exceptions on

providing government property to contractors;

• explain the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR)

government property clauses;

• describe the duties and responsibilities of the

property administrator and plant clearance officer;

• investigate and determine appropriate action for

lost, damaged, or destroyed government property;

• understand the FAR and DFARS requirements for

government property disposition; and

• describe the requirements for properly disposing

of hazardous wastes, items requiring demilitarization, and computer components.

Who Should Attend: This course is required at

Level I for all industrial property management specialists and industrial plant clearance specialists, including property administrators and plant clearance

officers in the GS-1103 series. This course may be

required for contracting officers (GS-1102), program

managers, auditors, and team leaders with significant property administration responsibilities. It is

highly recommended for production and quality assurance personnel involved with property administration.

Prerequisite: CON 100

Recommended: Some prior knowledge or experience with property management

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZP
46

CHAPTER 3

IND 200

INTERMEDIATE CONTRACT PROPERTY

ADMINISTRATION AND DISPOSITION

T his course is for experienced industrial property

management specialists, property administrators, plant clearance officers, contracting officers, and their supervisors. Current contractual,

regulatory, and statutory issues are analyzed using

student case studies and plant tours.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• define types of property provided to contractors

and the clauses used to do so;

• describe inventory management procedures and

policies, consumption analysis, physical inventories,

and adjustments;

• identify criteria for acquiring, using, and recording special tooling, test equipment, and agencypeculiar property;

• apply various risk-of-loss contract provisions; and

• differentiate policies and procedures for disposition and plant clearance of government property.

Who Should Attend: This course is for all Level II

industrial property management specialists and industrial plant clearance specialists, including property administrators and plant clearance officers in

the GS-1103 series. This course may be required for

contracting officers (GS-1102), program managers,

auditors, and team leaders with significant property

administration responsibilities. It is highly recommended for production and quality assurance personnel involved with property administration.

Prerequisite: IND 103

Recommended: 1 year of property management

experience after completing IND 103

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZQ

IND 103

CONTRACT PROPERTY SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

FUNDAMENTALS

Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals

builds a solid foundation in auditing principles

and process analysis techniques for entrylevel property professionals. The instructional process underscores the importance of property control

system requirements and provides the tools necessary for the property administrator to plan and perform a property control systems analysis.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• plan and schedule a contract property control systems analysis;

• determine proper use of sampling;

• define the appropriate population for review for

all processes;

• analyze the sample for deficiencies that fail to

meet contractual requirements;

• determine the rating for the function, functional

segment, and property control system; and

• recommend a course of corrective action.

Who Should Attend: This course is for all Level I

industrial property management specialists and industrial plant clearance specialists, including property

administrators and plant clearance officers in the

GS-1103 series. It is recommended for contracting,

production, and quality assurance personnel with

property control systems analysis responsibilities.

Prerequisites: IND 100 or IND 101 (no longer offered)

Recommended: 1 year of property management

experience after completing IND 100 or IND 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 12 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BRL
47

CHAPTER 3

IRM 101

BASIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS ACQUISITION

T his course covers introductory level concepts in

DoD information systems acquisition management. It covers software acquisition/development risks, DoD regulatory and technical frameworks,

software and system architectures, and software development life cycle and integration processes. Software standards, measurements, testing, security,

quality issues, process maturity, as well as “best

practices” for the management of software-intensive

systems are also reviewed.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• define software acquisition management specific

terms and concepts;

• recognize software development models, paradigms,

and strategies appropriate for use in softwareintensive acquisitions;

• interpret information technology terminology;

• understand organizational and individual roles

and responsibilities; and

• reference sources for software acquisition management policies, standards, and best practices.

Who Should Attend: This course is for civilians, GS5 through GS-9, or military officers, O-1 through O3, who are members or prospective members of the

Information Technology career field.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JHD

IRM 201

INTERMEDIATE INFORMATION SYSTEMS ACQUISITION

I

ntermediate Information Systems Acquisition

focuses on the application of policies, concepts,

and practices that guide and control the management and acquisition of Information Systems/Information Technology (IS/IT) in DoD. Exercises, labs,

lectures, and group discussion are used to cover such

topics as IS/IT policies, strategic planning, information assurance, architecture, advancing technologies,

and more.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• explain the concepts and terminology that comprise the major and nonmajor IS acquisition management processes and how the processes interact;

• define the roles, activities, and relationships of

the DoD, other government entities, and industry

that participate in and affect the acquisition of IT;

• apply management skills needed to effectively

and efficiently use people, money, facilities, information, and time to accomplish IS acquisition

objectives;

• identify internal and external factors that influence and constrain the IS acquisition process; and

• summarize strategies on how to deal with these

factors in light of risk, uncertainty, and change.

Who Should Attend: This course is for mid-level

managers who are Level I IT certified and who

have responsibilities in IS/IT acquisitions.

Prerequisites: ACQ 201B and IRM 101

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: QN5
48

CHAPTER 3

LAW 801

ACQUISITION LAW

DoD policy now mandates that the acquisition

process be conducted through Integrated

Product Teams (IPTs). The employment of IPTs

in the acquisition process has resulted in the involvement of many noncontracting government personnel. This course provides an overview of government contract law to students from the various

acquisition disciplines. LAW 801 also provides useful

knowledge of the laws and regulations specifically

applicable to government contracts.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply various laws and regulations applicable to

the government contracting process; and

• comprehend the legal significance of the contents

of the contractual instrument and actions taken

by those involved in the acquisition process.

Who Should Attend: This is a continuing education

course for Level I certified personnel who are either

not required to take CON 210 or who completed

CON 210 more than 5 years ago.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 41⁄2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: JHH

IRM 303

ADVANCED INFORMATION SYSTEMS ACQUISITION

Advanced Information Systems Acquisition is the

capstone course in the DAU Information Resource Management sequence. It focuses on

decision making and issues related to Information

Systems/Information Technology (IS/IT) leadership,

capital investment management, and acquisition.

Using case studies, the course integrates advanced

topics in planning, designing, and implementing

comprehensive programs to acquire effective information systems.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• evaluate IS/IT leadership, management, and acquisition issues to make strategic-level decisions

in DoD; and

• effectively lead or participate in IS/IT integrated

product teams that foster acquisition excellence

initiatives and manage IS/IT as a capital investment.

Who Should Attend: This course is for civilian senior managers, grades GS/GM-13 through GS/GM15, and military officers, ranks O-4 through O-6,

who have successfully completed the requirements

for Level II in the Information Technology career

field.

Prerequisites: IRM 201 and SAM 201

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZE
49

CHAPTER 3

LOG 101

ACQUISITION LOGISTICS FUNDAMENTALS

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals provides a

broad overview of the role of acquisition logistics in the system acquisition life cycle and

system engineering processes. Modules cover the

logistics-relevant aspects of requirements identification, life cycle costing, integrated product and process development, sustainment logistics, supportability analysis, product support, contracting, and

contractor support.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand how today’s defense systems and

equipment are conceived, developed, tested,

acquired, and operated;

• understand the role of the commercial sector;

• comprehend the philosophy and objectives of

logistics support and attendant management

functions; and

• understand logistics-related disciplines and the

policies, procedures, and management techniques

used to establish a logistics support capability.

Who Should Attend: Individuals recently assigned

responsibility to plan, establish, and maintain the

logistics support infrastructure for DoD systems and

equipment in each phase of the acquisition life

cycle should attend.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Recommended: Students who take this course

should have 6 to 12 months of experience in an

acquisition organization.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JR1

LOG 102

SYSTEMS SUSTAINMENT MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS

S ystems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

provides a broad overview of the role of the

life cycle logistician during the sustainment

phase of a weapons system’s life cycle. Modules

cover logistics/supply-chain management concepts,

maintenance processes, end-to-end distribution, best

commercial practices as applied to weapons systems

sustainment, performance metrics, partnering/alliance

opportunities and experiences, performance-based

support, enterprise business environment and opportunities, and reduction in life cycle/total ownership costs.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• recognize the role of the life cycle logistician during the sustainment phase of a weapons system’s

life cycle;

• identify the concepts, policies, and practices of

logistics/supply-chain management as they apply

to new and legacy systems during the sustainment phase of their life cycle; and

• identify the best practices in developing and

implementing performance-based support.

Who Should Attend: Individuals recently assigned

the responsibility of establishing and maintaining

the life cycle logistics support for defense systems

and equipment during the sustainment phase of

their life cycle. Personnel previously certified at

Level I and above are also encouraged to take this

course.

Recommended: Students who take this course

should have at least 6 to 12 months of experience

in an acquisition or sustainment organization.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JHF
50

CHAPTER 3

LOG 201B

INTERMEDIATE ACQUISITION LOGISTICS, PART B

I

ntermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B, provides

a dynamic group-based and -facilitated learning

environment oriented toward further development of logistics competencies in the areas of systems engineering, life cycle cost management, and

risk analysis (introduced in LOG 201A). It challenges

the student to think critically and differentiate support alternatives and provide solutions to ensure

the early integration of operational supportability

into the system development process. These skills

are refined by instructor-facilitated student group

exercise and discussion. It is intended for the midlevel logistics professional needing the skills required to excel in today’s demanding and dynamic

product support environment.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to understand life cycle cost,

contracting, modeling and simulation, test and

evaluation, market research and analysis, systems

engineering, performance-based logistics, and support planning.

Who Should Attend: LOG 201B is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in Life

Cycle Logistics. Students should have 2 to 4 years of

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite: LOG 201A (It is recommended that

students have life cycle logistics experience as outlined in DoD 5000.52M and be currently assigned, or

expected to be assigned, to a life cycle logistics position.)

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: RGT

LOG 201A

INTERMEDIATE ACQUISITION LOGISTICS, PART A

I

ntermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A, provides a

dynamic real-time learning environment oriented

toward developing managerial and technical logistics competencies in the areas of systems engineering, life cycle cost management, and risk analysis. It

challenges the student to review current policy and

guidance and demonstrate an understanding of how

early integration of operational supportability into

the system deployment process leads to achievement of DoD’s strategic logistics goals. It is intended

for the mid-level logistics professional needing the

skills required to excel in today’s demanding and dynamic product support environment.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to understand modeling and

simulation, test and evaluation, market research

and analysis, open systems design and interoperability, evolutionary acquisition, performance-based

logistics, and support planning.

Who Should Attend: LOG 201A is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in Life

Cycle Logistics. Students should have 2 to 4 years of

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisites: ACQ 201B, LOG 101, and LOG 102. It

is recommended that students have acquisition logistics experience as outlined in DoD 5000.52M and

be currently assigned, or expected to be assigned,

to a life cycle logistics position.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See “Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: RGS
51

CHAPTER 3

LOG 203

RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY

This course concentrates on Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) activities, enabling students to

understand the relationship between R&M and

acquisition logistics and to evaluate the impact of

R&M decisions. Stressing a conceptual approach, the

course presents basic R&M terminology and engineering practices.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• explain why successful R&M activity decreases

logistics costs and increases combat capability;

• develop operational and contractual R&M requirements;

• discuss well-established R&M design/analysis activities;

• explain reliability growth testing and reliability

qualification testing; and

• explain how to preclude latent defects from entering service.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for logisticians assigned to DoD acquisition

programs.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201B

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the end-of-module and end-of-course tests within

60 calendar days of the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: AKA

LOG 204

CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT

This course provides managers and functional

staff with the knowledge of how to apply Configuration Management (CM) successfully. It includes the interrelationship of CM to life cycle design activities and logistics support. LOG 204 provides an overview of the concepts and basic practices of CM, including configuration identification,

audits, control, status accounting, as well as data

management. Impacts on CM by Acquisition Reform, the integrated data environment, open systems, and commercial/nondevelopmental items are

discussed. Continuing scenario exercises trace CM in

the technical development, production, and support

of a system. Requirements to design, develop, implement, and operate a CM program are discussed.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply CM oversight as a tool in the Integrated

Process and Product Development (IPPD) effort

for system management; and

• when given a scenario, utilize the IPPD approach

to manage the configuration for a system during

its life cycle.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for logisticians and systems engineers

involved in the development of systems and life

cycle support.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201B

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: QMB
52

CHAPTER 3

LOG 235B

PERFORMANCE BASED LOGISTICS, PART B

Performance Based Logistics, Part B, provides a

dynamic, group-based and -facilitated learning

environment where the student develops the

logistics competencies introduced in LOG 235A. The

student will acquire tools and techniques required to

design, develop, and implement performance-based

support at the system, subsystem, or commodity

level in new acquisition and legacy systems. It challenges the student to think critically and differentiate

among support alternatives and provide solutions that

ensure the early integration of performance-based

product support in the system development process.

These skills are refined by instructor-facilitated student

group exercises and discussions.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply skills introduced in the LOG 235A distance

learning phase through case-based learning in a

small group environment;

• perform proficiently as members of the life cycle

logistics workforce;

• apply their knowledge of the concepts, policies,

and practices of performance-based logistics (PBL);

• identify the relationship between logistics functions and processes;

• understand the basic concepts of business case

analysis and its application in assessing and determining potential performance-based support

alternatives;

• understand the role and integration of PBLs in

the future logistics enterprise environment; and

• successfully apply the knowledge and understanding in the context of a performance-based

support strategy.

Who Should Attend: LOG 235B is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in Life

Cycle Logistics. Students should have 2 to 4 years of

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisites: LOG 201B and LOG 235A (It is recommended that students have life cycle logistics

experience as outlined in DoD 5000.52M, and they

should be currently assigned, or expected to be, assigned to a life cycle logistics position.)

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: RGY

LOG 235A

PERFORMANCE BASED LOGISTICS, PART A

Performance Based Logistics, Part A, provides a

dynamic, real time, learning environment oriented toward developing a range of logistics

competencies. It challenges the student to review

current policy and demonstrate an understanding of

how early integration of performance-based support

concepts into the system development process leads

to achievement of DoD’s logistics goals. It is intended for mid-level logistics professionals needing

skills required to excel in today’s demanding and

dynamic product support environment.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the knowledge areas of their job as

members of the life cycle logistics workforce more

proficiently. Areas of concentration include: performance-based product support, business case analysis, continuous modernization, supply chain management, configuration management, enterprise

integration, commercial integration, support options,

and reliability, maintainability, and supportability;

• understand the specific relation and application of

the functional areas in a performance-based logistics framework; and

• develop a more in-depth knowledge of their current applications within the DoD.

Who Should Attend: LOG 235A is for military officers, O-3 and above; civilians, GS-9 and above; and

industry equivalents who are Level I certified in Life

Cycle Logistics. Students should have 2 to 4 years of

acquisition and/or logistics experience.

Prerequisite: None. It is recommended that students

have life cycle logistics experience and be currently

assigned, or expected to be assigned, to a life cycle

logistics position.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12. Supplemental

student readings and iterative knowledge assessments, which are integrated into the course, are

required.

PDS Code: JHL
53

CHAPTER 3

LOG 304

EXECUTIVE LIFE CYCLE LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT

E xecutive Life Cycle Logistics Management prepares the acquisition and sustainment life cycle

logistician to perform in executive-level logistics

management and policy-making positions. Students

are required to conduct research and perform critical

thinking in a small group decision-making environment. Students engage in dynamic, fast-paced case

study exercises addressing complex relationships in

life cycle logistics support planning, acquisition

policy, capabilities analysis, program management,

performance-based logistics, and business case

analysis.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• serve as proactive, credible, and influential life

cycle logisticians;

• distinguish the life cycle logistician’s functions during each phase of the life cycle;

• evaluate the components of, and life cycle logistician’s role in, the systems engineering process;

• analyze and integrate major acquisition and sustainment policy requirements from the executivelevel logistics perspective; and

• understand the integration of life cycle logistics

processes with the operational tenets of Defense

transformation.

Who Should Attend: This course is for Level II certified Life Cycle Logisticians who are military officers, O-4 and above, or DoD civilians, GS-13 and

above, and industry counterparts.

Prerequisite: LOG 235B

Precourse Material: Precourse assignment materials will be provided via the Internet prior to students attending the class. Students will receive instructions on how to access these materials. All

students will submit and brief an executive-level,

contemporary logistics topic during the course. It is

strongly recommended that students complete the

preparation of this assignment prior to attending

class.

Length: 9 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: AH1

PMT 202

MULTINATIONAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

This course prepares students to be effective in

an international defense acquisition program.

The Multinational Program Management course

emphasizes the U.S. policy of encouraging armaments cooperation and enhancing interoperability

with our allies. Key national, DoD, and Service policies on international cooperative development, production, and support are explored.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• comprehend the requirements necessary to participate effectively in an acquisition program that

involves participation by foreign governments

and their industry;

• understand key national, DoD, and Service policies on international cooperative development,

production, and logistics;

• recognize the various international defense programs related to acquisition (data exchanges,

Nunn Amendment Programs, foreign comparative

testing, coalition warfare programs, bilateral and

multilateral projects and programs, and security

assistance—Foreign Military Sales (FMS)); and

• prepare, formulate, and support an FMS/DCS/

cooperative or hybrid international program.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for all acquisition personnel who require

international acquisition training at Level II for any

career field, including program managers and program management staff, key government laboratory and center personnel, Defense and Service

headquarters staff, and Office of Defense Cooperation personnel and attachés.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAJ
54

CHAPTER 3

PMT 250

PROGRAM MANAGEMENT TOOLS

The Program Management Tools course provides

application skills needed in a program office or

as an Integrated Product Team (IPT) lead. It is a

follow-on to ACQ 201B and is designed to enhance

journeyman-level skills. It is required, along with

ACQ 201B, for Level II certification in Program Management (PM) and also prepares students for later

work in the Level III Program Management Office

Course, PMT 352, Parts A and B.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply best practices for establishing effective IPTs;

• develop Work Breakdown Structures (WBSs);

• build program schedules and apply risk management principles using state-of-the-industry software;

• apply current cost estimating processes;

• perform contract planning and post-award activities; and

• use earned value tools and techniques for program planning and control.

Who Should Attend: Target attendees are civilians,

GS-12/13, and military officers, O-3/O-4, in the PM career field. Lower grades may apply if they have completed ACQ 201B. Personnel who were certified Level

II in PM prior to 1 October 2001 or are certified Level

III in other career fields and want to take PMT 352,

Parts A and B, may obtain credit for PMT 250 by passing an equivalency exam. Students may apply for the

exam by selecting the correct category at http://

www.dau.mil/studentservices/apply.asp and, once

on the registration site, clicking on “Prepare Applications.” The exam may be taken only one time.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201B

Length: This is a nonresident, distance learning

course available through the Internet. The course

length is 71 calendar days. Students must complete

modules 1–8 (consisting of about 56 hours of work)

within 60 calendar days of the start date. Module 9

is an exercise-based “virtual classroom” using a

combination of teleconferences and the Internet

and requiring 24 hours of work over the last 4 days

of the course. There is a 7-day gap between the

online portion (days 1 through 60) and the virtual

classroom (days 68 through 71).

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: PGM

PMT 203

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY

TRANSFER/CONTROL

This course provides a comprehensive overview

of U.S. law, policy, and regulations that govern

International Security and Technology Transfer/

Control (ISTT/C). Students will learn the procedures

for the export and import of defense and dual-use

equipment and services, for handling classified and

controlled unclassified program information, and for

foreign visit control. PMT 203 is designed for the acquisition professional, including program office personnel, Defense and Service headquarters staff, and

Defense cooperation personnel and attachés associated with international acquisition. The course has

five components: acquisition documentation; security and data transfer; export/import licensing; contractor operations; and laws, policies, and procedures.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify, analyze, and apply the laws, policies,

and processes necessary to develop system and

contractor classification guidance for the control of

critical program information;

• understand the national security policy issues and

export/import licensing constraints (as defined by

the Departments of State, Commerce, Treasury, and

Custom) and evaluate their effects on domestic

and international DoD programs;

• recognize hostile and friendly foreign power elicitation and technology collection methods and

techniques and develop methods of protecting information; and

• describe the U.S. Government’s ownership, usage,

and transfer rights to foreign governments and

contractors for intellectual property.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for all acquisition personnel who require

international acquisition training at Level III for any

career field. The course is also appropriate for foreign

liaison office personnel or DoD representatives who

deal with other nations or international agencies.

Prerequisite: None

Security Clearance: A SECRET security clearance is

required. Due to security restrictions, allied students

may not attend under most circumstances.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAK
55

CHAPTER 3

PMT 304

ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT

WORKSHOP

Reinforcing and advancing the principles of collective defense through armaments cooperation, the Advanced International Management

Workshop explores issues associated with international negotiation of cooperative acquisition project

agreements.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• synthesize and integrate key Presidential, congressional, and Service policies on international

cooperative defense acquisition agreements as

well as the policies of the Departments of Defense, State, Commerce, and Treasury; and

• formulate and negotiate a complete international

acquisition agreement in accordance with U.S.

policies.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for all acquisition personnel who require

international acquisition training at Level III for any

career field. Because this is an advanced-level

workshop, attendees should understand U.S. domestic and international defense acquisition. This course

targets positions of responsibility in international, or

potentially international, programs ranging from

simple data exchange agreements to complex cooperative development, production, and support

programs.

Note: Due to security restrictions, allied students are

ineligible to attend under most circumstances.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PAL

PMT 352A

PROGRAM MANAGEMENT OFFICE COURSE, PART A

T he Program Management Office Course (PMOC),

Part A, is the first part of the Level III certification

course in the Program Management (PM) career

field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and PMT 250 and

is designed to train Level II qualified students to be

effective PM Level III leaders in a program office by

honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT

352A focuses on key PMO knowledge and skills not

covered in the prerequisite courses. This course must

be completed prior to attending PMT 352B.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• describe the role of science and technology in

supporting the system acquisition process;

• understand Information Technology (IT) policy,

best practices, information assurance measures,

and interoperability considerations;

• describe current manufacturing and logistics concepts and best practices, such as lean manufacturing and supply chain management; and

• explain appropriate management and decisionmaking models to aid in addressing various acquisition program issues (business and financial; international; environmental, safety, and health;

etc.).

Who Should Attend: Target attendees are civilians,

GS-13/14, and military officers, O-4/O-5, in the PM

career field. Personnel certified at Level III in other

career fields desiring to take PMOC for Level III PM

certification must first complete PMT 250.

Prerequisite: PMT 250

Length: This nonresident, self-paced course available through the Internet must be completed within

60 days of enrollment. Students will be notified of

their enrollment expiration date in the “Enrollment

Notification—Course Welcome” message.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BZH
56

CHAPTER 3

PMT 401

THE PROGRAM MANAGER’S COURSE

T his course is an intense, highly integrated 10-

week case-study-based learning experience.

Group discussions, distinguished guest practitioners,

team projects, exercises, simulations, study groups,

and an elective program enable the learner to customize a portion of the course. Time will be available to internalize the material through independent study and informal work with peers. Course

content will rely upon challenges, problems, and

dilemmas derived from extensive current interviews

with Program Managers (PMs), Program Executive

Officers (PEOs), and other stakeholders. The dilemmas will be those that course graduates can expect

to confront when they return to their workplaces.

Objectives: Learners who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply critical thinking when confronted by problems and dilemmas on a day-to-day basis;

• lead and integrate disparate functional groups and

develop a cohesive team capable of coping with

the complex problems common to Program Management Offices (PMOs) and PEOs; and

• identify and apply best business practices to achieve

win-win relationships with industry partners.

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

specially selected Level III certified PM career field

members who have demonstrated the potential to

become managers or deputies of ACAT I or II programs

or managers of major ACAT III programs. Other specially selected DoD AT&L workforce members who

are motivated and capable of becoming managers

of major integrated product teams, department or

division heads in acquisition commands, or senior

managers in laboratories and/or research and development centers also may attend. This assignmentspecific course is statutorily required for newly selected PEOs, DPEOs, and PMs/DPMs of ACAT I, IA,

and II programs. Participants must be O-5/GS-14 or

above with extensive experience in acquisition, including 4 years in, or in direct support of, a PMO.

Prerequisite: PMT 302 or PMT 352B

Length: 10 Weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: PGN

PMT 352B

PROGRAM MANAGEMENT OFFICE COURSE, PART B

The Program Management Office Course (PMOC),

Part B, is the second part of the Level III certification course in the Program Management (PM)

career field. PMOC is a follow-on to ACQ 201 and

PMT 250. The classroom component of PMOC, PMT

352B, follows PMT 352A, which is the prerequisite

distance learning component of PMOC. These courses

are designed to train Level II qualified students to be

effective PM Level III leaders in a program office by

honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT

352B features scenario-based practical exercises with

topical themes, such as interoperability, prototyping,

and evolutionary acquisition.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• lead and contribute to effective teams in a DoD

PMO;

• apply critical-thinking and problem-solving skills

to systems acquisition problems throughout a defense systems life cycle;

• understand, analyze, and develop solutions to

cost, schedule, and performance issues faced in

defense program management; and

• evaluate the tradeoffs in program decisions in

compliance with DoD 5000 Series directives.

Who Should Attend: Target attendees are civilians,

GS-13/14, and military officers, O-4/O-5, in the PM

career field.

Prerequisite: PMT 352A

Length: 6 weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BZJ
57

CHAPTER 3

PMT 402

EXECUTIVE PROGRAM MANAGER’S COURSE

This is an assignment-specific course designed to

meet the learning and performance needs of

newly selected Program Executive Officers

(PEOs), Deputy PEOs (DPEOs), and ACAT I (ID/IC and

IAM/IAC) and II Program Managers (PMs)/Deputy

Program Managers (DPMs). Skills and behaviors are

developed through a concentrated 4-week resident

period preceded by approximately 60 days of selfassessment and assessment of your program and

program office.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• complete a comprehensive assessment of their

programs, program offices, and of themselves;

• identify program and program office issues;

• fill knowledge needs and work issues; and

• develop a plan of action to better manage their

programs, program offices, and professional development.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is statutorily required for newly selected

PEOs; DPEOs; and ACAT I, IA, and II PMs/DPMs prior

to assuming the position. Allied personnel and industry students are eligible to attend on a spaceavailable basis.

Prerequisites: PMT 302 or PMT 401

Length: PMT 402A—2-day resident workshop;

PMT 402B—20 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: AH2

PMT 403

PROGRAM MANAGER’S SKILLS

During the Program Manager’s Skills course,

students assess their program and personal

skills, update their functional knowledge, and

examine lessons learned from recent programs. PMT

403 focuses on the use of the survival skills necessary

to manage a DoD acquisition program effectively.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify and prioritize the top issues they will

face during their first 6 to 12 months as a program manager;

• create a plan, including resources and metrics,

to address those issues; and

• understand how the current acquisition system

operates and know how to operate effectively

within it.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is for ACAT III program/project/product

managers and their deputies. Allied and industry

students are encouraged to attend on a spaceavailable basis.

Prerequisites: PMT 302 or PMT 352B

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: BU8
58

CHAPTER 3

PQM 103

DEFENSE SPECIFICATION MANAGEMENT

Defense Specification Management covers DoD

policies and procedures for the development,

management, and use of nongovernment

standards, commercial item descriptions, and specifications and standards. Emphasis is placed on interoperability, market research, use of commercial/

nondevelopmental item alternatives, use of performance specifications, International Standardization

Agreements, and the Single Process Initiative.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• use DoD policy for stating performance-based requirements;

• develop requirements documents that promote

the use of commercial products and practices;

• use market research in creating new documents

and revising existing documents that support acquisitions;

• apply DoD policy in managing standardization

documents; and

• develop and apply standardization documents to

meet essential user needs as best value to the

government.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific course

is designed for DoD acquisition personnel actively involved in the development or management of specifications and standards, handbooks, commercial item

descriptions, or nongovernment standards.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: ACQ 101

Length: 81⁄2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BAP

PQM 101

PRODUCTION, QUALITY AND MANUFACTURING

FUNDAMENTALS

Production, Quality and Manufacturing Fundamentals is an entry-level course that emphasizes

basic production, manufacturing, and quality assurance principles, policies, processes, and practices.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the multifunctional roles inherent in

this career field; and

• describe manufacturing and quality processes,

scheduling and control techniques, and various

quality and production surveillance activities.

Who Should Attend: This course is for industrial

specialists, industrial engineers, quality assurance

specialists, production officers, production specialists,

contract administrators, and others involved with,

and responsible for, production and quality.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BU2
59

CHAPTER 3

PQM 104

SPECIFICATION SELECTION AND APPLICATION

The Specification Selection and Application course

provides instruction on the appropriate selection

and correct application of nongovernmental

standards, commercial item descriptions, specifications and standards, and related documents in the

acquisition process. Emphasis is placed on current

acquisition initiatives, such as interoperability and

the proper use of standardization documents.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply DoD objectives, policies, and procedures

for the proper use of standardization documents;

• make well-informed standardization decisions using a variety of automated tools and decisiontree techniques; and

• identify, locate, and obtain standardization

documents.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for personnel who are involved

in setting requirements and making standardization decisions or for those who use specifications

and standards but are not actively involved in the

development or management of requirements

documentation.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGH

PQM 201A

INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTION, QUALITY AND

MANUFACTURING, PART A

This journeyman-level course exposes students to

manufacturing and quality processes, production scheduling and control techniques, surveillance activities, and systems-level production and

quality planning. Course content includes the contracting aspects of the job; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; material control; and

technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• review integrated management plans for manufacturing and quality requirements;

• understand the technical aspects of cost estimating, activity-based costing, and physical progress

reviews;

• identify the concepts that apply to lean manufacturing, the theory of constraints, and other production management and material control techniques; and

• address issues related to quality audits, nonconforming material, and other quality topics.

Who Should Attend: This course is required for

Level II certification in Production, Quality, and

Manufacturing; it is also for production, quality, or

engineering personnel providing pre- or post-award

technical support.

Prerequisites: ACQ 201B and PQM 101

Recommended: At least 2 years of production or

quality management experience after Level I

certification.

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: BZK
60

CHAPTER 3

PQM 202

COMMERCIAL AND NONDEVELOPMENTAL ITEM

ACQUISITION COURSE FOR TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

The Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item

(C/NDI) Acquisition Course for Technical Personnel focuses on tools and techniques used by engineering, logistics, and related technical personnel

for identifying and evaluating C/NDI alternatives

throughout the acquisition process. It provides instruction on requirements definition, acquisition

strategy development, support planning, and the

use of market acceptability criteria for C/NDI acquisitions.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• employ market research to determine the appropriateness of commercial or nondevelopmental

items for satisfying users’ needs; and

• plan an acquisition strategy for the management

of commercial and nondevelopmental items.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for acquisition personnel who are

in the Program Management; Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering; Life Cycle

Logistics; Test and Evaluation; Production, Quality

and Manufacturing; and related career fields in

planning and managing the acquisition of C/NDIs.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: ACQ 101

Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Local

PDS Code: PAM

PQM 201B

INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTION, QUALITY AND

MANUFACTURING, PART B

This journeyman-level course requires students to

apply the manufacturing and quality planning

processes and techniques learned in PQM 201A.

Students will work in integrated product teams to

develop manufacturing and quality plans, apply lean

techniques, apply cost estimating techniques, and

make progress payment recommendations based

on completion of a physical progress review. Course

content includes the contracting aspects of the job;

planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; material control; and technical, ethical, and

quality issues.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply production and quality requirements of the

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and Defense

FAR Supplement (DFARS);

• prepare and review integrated management

plans for manufacturing and quality requirements;

• audit a supplier’s quality manual against a commercial quality standard; and

• apply the concepts of lean manufacturing, theory

of constraints, and other production management

tools.

Who Should Attend: This course is required for

Level II certification in Production, Quality, and

Manufacturing; it is also for production, quality, or

engineering personnel providing pre- or post-award

technical support.

Prerequisite: PQM 201A

Recommended: At least 2 years of production or

quality management experience after Level I certification.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BZL
61

CHAPTER 3

PQM 203

PREPARATION OF COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS

FOR ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

This course presents instruction on the preparation and use of Commercial Item Descriptions

(CIDs), including characterization of commercial

items, the development and use of market acceptability criteria, and the development of performancebased salient characteristics. Current policy on the

use of CIDs and performance specifications is discussed.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• employ market research to develop a performancebased CID or other suitable performance-based

document for describing commercially available

products acceptable for meeting the users’ needs;

and

• implement appropriate DoD policies in this area.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for personnel who are involved

in generating product descriptions for commercial

and nondevelopmental items or who are involved

in determining the commerciality of an item.

Prerequisite: None

Length: 1 class day

Method of Delivery: Local

PDS Code: PAN

PQM 212

MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENGINEERING AND

TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

The Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel course describes market research

from the perspective of technical personnel. It

explains the practical value and discusses the government mandate to conduct market research. The

course addresses market research team membership, sources for obtaining market data, and techniques for technical evaluation and documentation

of market information.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• plan and conduct market surveillance within a

commodity or technical area; and

• plan and conduct a market investigation for a

specific acquisition requirement.

Who Should Attend: This assignment-specific

course is designed for acquisition personnel who are

in the Program Management; Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering; Life Cycle Logistics; Test and Evaluation; Production, Quality and

Manufacturing; and related career fields and who

are involved in developing acquisition requirements,

conducting tradeoff evaluations with users, or determining the commerciality of supplies or services.

Prerequisite: None

Recommended: ACQ 101

Length: 2 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGK
62

CHAPTER 3

SAM 101

BASIC SOFTWARE ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT

T his course covers introductory level concepts in

DoD information systems acquisition management. It covers software acquisition/development risks, DoD regulatory and technical frameworks,

software and system architectures, and software development life cycle and integration processes. Software standards, measurements, testing, security,

quality issues, process maturity, as well as “best

practices” for the management of software-intensive

systems are also reviewed.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• define software acquisition management specific

terms and concepts;

• recognize software development models, paradigms,

and strategies appropriate for use in softwareintensive acquisitions;

• interpret information technology terminology;

• understand organizational and individual roles

and responsibilities; and

• reference sources for software acquisition management policies, standards, and best practices.

Who Should Attend: This course is open to all

military officers, O-1 through O-3, and DoD civilians, GS-9 and below, working in, or selected for,

software acquisition management positions. This

course is recommended for those serving in Level I

acquisition positions whose duties include software

acquisition management. Additionally, it is an excellent introductory course for personnel of any

rank/grade or acquisition career field level who

are involved in the management of a DoD software-intensive system.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101 (waived for Level II or Level

III certified personnel)

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: JHB

PQM 301

ADVANCED PRODUCTION, QUALITY AND

MANUFACTURING

This course is structured around integrated product

development and concurrent engineering acquisition approaches. During PQM 301, decisionmaking issues relevant to successfully managing three

core technical tasks in DoD acquisition—systems and

process development, manufacturing, and product

quality management—are investigated.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the role of manufacturing and quality

assurance in the integrated systems engineering

process;

• evaluate modern distributed manufacturing management practices;

• fully understand the use and application of best

manufacturing practices, such as supply chain

management, e-manufacturing, and lean manufacturing;

• use case studies, discussions, and class exercises

to apply basic design of experiments, modeling

and simulation, quality function deployment, statistical process control, six sigma, design-build

principles, and risk management; and

• understand the use of DoD e-commerce policy and

information technology to leverage the integrated

digital environment to support technical and business operations.

Who Should Attend: This class is for civilians, GS13 and above, and military officers, O-3/O-6.

Prerequisite: PQM 201B

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: HV2
63

CHAPTER 3

SAM 201

INTERMEDIATE SOFTWARE ACQUISITION

MANAGEMENT

Using in-depth integrated product team case

studies, labs, and exercises supplemented by

lecture and group discussion, students learn

how to manage DoD software-intensive systems.

They also learn to apply a variety of real-world

software acquisition management “best practices.”

Topics include requirements management, architectures, cost estimation, vendor qualification, metrics,

process maturity, quality, testing, and more.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• apply acquisition strategies used for software and

software-intensive systems;

• evaluate factors related to software architecture

and systems architecture;

• perform domain analysis on a software-intensive

system acquisition,

• assess program software life cycle planning and

test program planning factors;

• apply requirements management and risk mitigation;

• illustrate the value of modeling and simulation in

requirements analysis; and

• analyze software performance measures.

Who Should Attend: This course is open to all military officers, O-3 through O-5, and DoD civilians, GS-9

through GS-12, working in, or selected for, software

acquisition management positions. This course is recommended for those who serve in Level II acquisition positions and have duties that include software

acquisition management. Additionally, this course is

part of the Information Technology career certification Level II requirement.

Prerequisites: ACQ 201B and either SAM 101 or

IRM 101

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: JHC

SAM 301

ADVANCED SOFTWARE ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT

Advanced Software Acquisition Management

is the capstone course in the DAU Software

Acquisition Management sequence. This

seminar-based course is for senior personnel who

acquire, engineer, test, and evaluate DoD softwareintensive systems. SAM 301 is also for acquisition

professionals interested in gaining a comprehensive insight into the risks and issues associated

with developing and implementing complex DoD

software systems.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• analyze the causes of cost, schedule, and performance problems in large software efforts;

• examine differences between commercial software acquisition efforts and DoD efforts;

• develop an ability to recognize and selectively

adopt commercial practices;

• understand the organizational and cultural dynamics of program offices and software development teams;

• evaluate the suitability of alternative organization

structures, including integrated product teams;

• evaluate and select software metrics that will provide insight into program status and facilitate

early detection of potential problems; and

• assess Federal and DoD Acquisition Reform movements and incorporate new policies.

Who Should Attend: This course is recommended

for software acquisition personnel who serve in the

software acquisition field as Level III managers or

technical experts. Civilians, GS/GM-13 through GS/

GM-15, and military officers, O-4 through O-6, are

appropriate. Additionally, this course is part of the

Information Technology career certification Level III

requirement.

Prerequisite: SAM 201

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: BU9
64

CHAPTER 3

STM 302

ADVANCED S&T MANAGEMENT

This course provides an understanding of the

procedures and mechanisms used to transition

emerging technologies into warfighting systems. Attendees will be able to apply the critical

skills of the Systems Engineering, Integrated Product

and Process Development (IPPD), and software management processes. They will also learn how to apply effective technology transition practices.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete the

course will be able to:

• apply the principles of systems engineering management and its various tools, such as:

—systems engineering process

—configuration management and technology

readiness

—risk management

—trade studies

—value engineering

—six sigma

—software management

—test & evaluation planning

—modeling & simulation;

• assess the implications of various technology transition mechanisms using the IPPD process, including integrated product teams; and

• apply effective technology transition practices,

such as transition exit criteria, transition plans,

affordability analyses, and cost schedule reporting.

Who Should Attend: Personnel desiring certification at Level III and whose duties include: (1) developing overall program goals for S&T funds; (2) acquiring the services of scientists, engineers, and

technical support personnel to perform advanced

S&T research for DoD; (3) providing funds and oversight of the S&T performers, including universities,

industry, and Federal Government organizations;

and (4) interfacing with the technology customers to

expedite the transition to the user.

Prerequisite: STM 201

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: PGR

STM 201

INTERMEDIATE S&T MANAGEMENT

(Formerly STM 301—Systems Engineering for S&T Managers)

This course provides an understanding of the

procedures and mechanisms used to transition

advanced technologies into warfighting systems. Personnel associated with Science and Technology (S&T) program management will be able to

understand the challenges presented in the weapons

systems acquisition process, assess the implications

of various technology transition mechanisms, and

apply effective technology transition practices.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the challenge presented in the

weapons systems acquisition process;

• assess the implications of various technology

transition mechanisms; and

• apply effective technology transition practices.

Who Should Attend: Personnel whose duties include developing overall program goals for S&T

funds; acquiring the services of scientists, engineers,

and technical support personnel to perform S&T research for DoD; providing funds and oversight of

the S&T performers, including universities, industry,

and Federal Government organizations; and interfacing with the technology customers to expedite

the transition of technology to the user. This course

is recommended for civilians, GS-11/GS-12, and military officers, O-2/O-3.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: 3 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PDS Code: JHZ
65

CHAPTER 3

SYS 201A

INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING, PART A

This journeyman-level course exposes students

to systems engineering and associated topics.

Course content includes the systems engineering process; systems engineering planning; technology insertion; risk management; trade studies; configuration management; cost containment; technical

reviews; and Environmental, Safety, and Occupational Health (ESOH).

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• understand the systems engineering process;

• know the associated systems engineering technical activities;

• evaluate a Hazardous Material Management Plan

and identify ESOH issues that need further clarification; and

• develop and defend a technical review checklist.

Who Should Attend: This course is required for

Level II Systems Planning, Research, Development

and Engineering certification.

Prerequisite: ACQ 201B

Recommended: At least 2 years of Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

experience

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course

available through the Internet. Students must pass

the final examination within 60 calendar days of

the start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: RGW

SYS 201B

INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING, PART B

This journeyman-level course requires students

to apply the Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering processes and techniques learned in SYS 201A. Students will work in

integrated product teams to apply the systems engineering process and its associated technical activities.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• conduct a requirements analysis for a given need;

• prepare Functional Analysis and Allocation and

synthesis tools for a given scenario;

• apply the acquisition risk management process;

• propose trade study methodologies; and

• develop technical performance measures.

Who Should Attend: This course is required for

Level II Systems Planning, Research, Development

and Engineering certification.

Prerequisite: SYS 201A

Recommended: At least 2 years of Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

experience.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: RGX
66

CHAPTER 3

TST 101

INTRODUCTION TO ACQUISITION WORKFORCE

TEST AND EVALUATION

E mphasizing the basic Test and Evaluation (T&E)

principles, policies, and practices used by the

DoD, TST 101 introduces students to the relationship of T&E to other systems acquisition disciplines and program management. The types of testing covered include developmental, operational,

and live-fire.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• capably interact with program managers regarding T&E issues and more effectively function

within the acquisition process;

• thoroughly understand T&E’s role as a feedback

mechanism and management tool for the design/

engineering/development process; and

• understand the DoD’s T&E process and the Test

and Evaluation Master Plan (TEMP).

Who Should Attend: This course is designed for

engineers and project management personnel who

have had at least 1 year of acquisition experience,

including civilians, GS-5 through GS-9, and their

military equivalents.

Prerequisite: ACQ 101

Length: This is a nonresident, self-paced course that

is available through the Internet. Students must

complete the course within 60 calendar days of the

start date.

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning—See

“Online Courses” on page 12

PDS Code: PC5

SYS 301

ADVANCED SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel,

this course emphasizes an understanding of

science, technology, and the systems engineering processes throughout a systems life cycle

by using relevant case studies and exercises involving all acquisition phases and milestones. Participants employ the proven principles and tools of

systems engineering requirements analyses, risk

management, technical performance measures,

tradeoff analyses, configuration and data management, and technical reviews. Advanced tools, such

as integrated product teams, modeling and simulation, and open systems architectures, further facilitate managing the developing system.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be better able to:

• analyze and solve senior-level technical problems;

• forecast cost, schedule, performance, and risk issues across the acquisition life cycle;

• integrate program office activities; and

• manage technology obsolescence, advanced technology tools, and Acquisition Reform implementation.

Who Should Attend: This course is for DoD civilians, GS-13 and above, and military officers, O-3

through O-6, who are Level II certified in the Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering (SPRD&E) career field. Equivalent industry

acquisition managers are also eligible. The course is

mandatory for Level III certification in the SPRD&E—

Systems Engineering career field.

Prerequisite: SYS 201

Length: 10 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: HV1
67

CHAPTER 3

TST 202

INTERMEDIATE TEST AND EVALUATION

Problem-solving situations are used to engage

students in the use of Test and Evaluation (T&E)

concepts, principles, and theories. Course topics

include the role of T&E in systems acquisition, T&E

planning, experimental design, measurement of

systems’ effectiveness and suitability, instrumentation, and data collection and management. Reliability, maintainability, and availability of systems;

analysis and evaluation; live fire; software; modeling and simulation; and T&E of alternative acquisitions are also covered in the course.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• identify current laws, policy, and guidance for T&E

and relate these topics to their own programs;

• identify source documents for systems’ requirements;

• develop T&E objectives and issues;

• apply appropriate tools and techniques for conducting developmental and operational T&E in

support of systems’ development;

• identify techniques for designing simple experimental processes; and

• perform elementary analytical procedures on test

data.

Who Should Attend: T&E engineers, scientists, operations researchers, computer scientists, other technical personnel, and project organization personnel

who have 2 to 4 years of acquisition experience with

at least half of their experience in T&E should attend.

Prerequisites: ACQ 201B and TST 101

Precourse Assignment: Students must satisfactorily

complete a precourse assignment prior to admission

to this course. The assignment consists of identifying

a T&E-related issue, discussion of the issue, and a

proposed solution.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: QMI

TST 301

ADVANCED TEST AND EVALUATION

T his course is comprised of student-centered

learning with limited instructor-based lectures

that introduce significant current Test and

Evaluation (T&E) events. Student-generated issues

are used during a video teleconference discussion

with Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) T&E

officials. Work group and class discussion leads to

development of presentations dealing with current

T&E topics, such as new technologies, lessons learned,

and current issues in DoD T&E.

Objectives: Students who successfully complete this

course will be able to:

• generate OSD-level issues and discuss these issues with OSD officials;

• use technology, including the Internet, to obtain

pertinent T&E information and prepare assignments;

• research, prepare, and present briefings on current T&E topics;

• assess the impact of the Press, General Accounting Office, the Congress, and OSD officials on ethics and integrity standards relative to T&E and

DoD acquisition; and

• prepare test plans and analyze test results based

on statistical methodologies.

Who Should Attend: This course is for T&E engineers, scientists, operations researchers, computer

scientists, and other technical personnel and project

organization personnel who have at least 4 to 8

years of acquisition experience, with at least half of

that experience in T&E.

Prerequisite: TST 202

Precourse Assignments: Students must satisfactorily complete five precourse assignments before being admitted into the resident portion of this course.

Length: 5 class days

Method of Delivery: Resident/Local

PDS Code: QL9
68

CHAPTER 3

Distance Learning

Courses

S eventeen exclusively online courses are currently provided by DAU. Ten more courses that

are a combination of distance learning and resident training are also offered. These “hybrid courses”

usually consist of online (Part A), followed by resident

or local offerings (Part B). For hybrid courses, attendance in the classroom portion is dependent on successful completion of the distance learning portion,

and completion of both parts is required to obtain full

credit for career field certification. A list of the courses

currently conducted via distance learning follows:

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition

Management

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value

Management

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial

Management

BCF 209A Acquisition Reporting Course, Part A

BCF 211A Acquisition Business Management, Part A

CON 104A Principles of Contract Pricing, Part A

CON 110 Mission Support Planning

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution

CON 112 Mission Performance Assessment

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

CON 260A The Small Business Program

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering

IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis

Fundamentals

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management

Fundamentals

LOG 201A Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability

LOG 235A Performance Based Logistics, Part A

PMT 250 Program Management Tools

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course,

Part A

PQM 101 Production, Quality and Manufacturing

Fundamentals

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality and

Manufacturing, Part A

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management

SYS 201A Intermediate Systems Planning,

Research, Development and Engineering,

Part A

TST 101 Introduction to Acquisition Workforce

Test and Evaluation
69

CHAPTER 3
70

CHAPTER 3

ACQ 101 PMT 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management BB1

DSMC-26 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management BB1

ACQ 201B ACQ 201 Intermediate Systems Acquisition JHA

PMT 201 Intermediate Systems Acquisition BB6

DSMC-37 Intermediate Systems Acquisition BB6

BCF 101 BCE 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis Q1A

BCF 102 BFM 102 Contract Performance Management Fundamentals Q1B

BCF 202 Intermediate Contractor Performance Measurement QMK

DSMC-6 Contractor Performance Measurement Course QMK

BCF 103 BFM 201 Systems Acquisition Funds Management PCW

BCF 201 Systems Acquisition Funds Management PCW

DSMC-9 Systems Acquisition Funds Management PCW

BCF 204 BCE 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis Q2B

BCF 206 BCE 206 Cost Risk Analysis Q2C

BCF 207 BCE 207 Economic Analysis Q2D

BCF 208 BCE 208 Software Cost Estimating Q2E

BCF 209 BFM 209 Selected Acquisition Report Q2F

BCF 211B BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management PGD

CON 104B CON 104 Principles of Contract Pricing BDR

CON 105 Operational Level Contract Pricing QNU

CON 106 Facilities Contract Pricing BDU

CON 110

CON 111

and CON 101 Basics of Contracting BDQ

CON 112 }

CON 120 CON 104 Principles of Contract Pricing RGR

CON 202 CON 211 Intermediate Contracting BDN

CON 221 Intermediate Contract Administration BDO

CON 222 Organizational Level Contract Administration PDQ

CON 223 Intermediate Facilities Contracting BE4

Course Predecessors

As DAU courses are updated for currency, they

may undergo name changes, number changes,

or even be replaced by a new course with

very similar content. Some courses no longer offered by DAU qualify as “Predecessor Courses.”

Students who have completed these courses may

use them to meet prerequisite requirements and/

or receive credit for them toward DAWIA certification. Although not all inclusive, the following is a

list of Predecessor Courses:

Personnel

Current Data System

DAU Predecessor Predecessor Course Title (PDS) Code

Course Number
71

CHAPTER 3

Personnel

Current Data System

DAU Predecessor Predecessor Course Title (PDS) Code

Course Number

CON 204 CON 231 Intermediate Contract Pricing BU6

CON 210 CON 201 Government Contract Law BDP

CON 201(C) Government Contract Law (Construction) BDP

CON 236 CON 212 Contractual Aspects of Value Engineering PAR

CON 353 CON 333 Management for Contracting Supervisors BU7

CON 311 Executive Pre-award Contracting BCL

CON 321 Executive Contract Administration BCM

IND 100 IND 101 and Contract Property Administration Fundamentals PDM { IND 102 Contract Property Disposition PDO

IND 200 IND 201 and Intermediate Contract Property Administration PDN { IND 202 Contract Property Management Seminar BRM

IRM 303 IRM 301 Information Technology Procurement Strategies Q07

IRM 302 Information Technology Advanced Management Program BA0

LOG 201B LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics JR3

DSMC-24 Management of Acquisition Logistics BCU

LOG 203 and Reliability and Maintainability AKA

LOG 235B LOG 204 or Configuration Management QMB { LOG 205 Provisioning QM7

PMT 352B PMT 352 Program Management Office BZG

PMT 302 Advanced Program Management Course BU1

PMT 301 Program Management Course BBW

DSMC-3 Program Management Course BBW

PMT 402 PMT 303B Executive Program Manager’s Course AH2

PMT 303 Ph2 Executive Program Manager’s Course AH2

PMT 403 PMT 305 Program Manager’s Skills (ACAT III Programs) BU8

PQM 101 PRD 101 Production Management Fundamentals JQX

QUA 101 Quality Assurance Fundamentals BCS

PQM 103 SPE 101 Defense Specification Management Course BAP

PQM 104 SPE 102 Specifications in the Defense Acquisition Process PAH

PQM 201B PQM 201 Intermediate Production, Quality and Management BU3

PRD 201 Intermediate Production Management JQY

DSMC-13 Defense Manufacturing Management Course BD2PQM

PQM 301 PRD 301 Defense Acquisition Engineering, Manufacturing, and

Quality Assurance BRK

DSMC-38 Defense Acquisition Engineering, Manufacturing, and

Quality Assurance BRK
72

CHAPTER 3

Personnel

Current Data System

DAU Predecessor Predecessor Course Title (PDS) Code

Course Number

STM 201 STM 301 Program Management for S&T Managers PGP

SYS 201B SYS 201 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development

and Engineering BE2

DSMC-28 Systems Engineering Management Course BE2

TST 202 TST 201 Test and Evaluation Management BE3

DSMC-11 T&E Management Course BE3

Course Predecessors (Continued)
73

CHAPTER 3

Assignment-specific courses are identified by the

Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition,

Technology and Logistics as integral to the education and training of Department of Defense (DoD)

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) workforce personnel. These courses are offered by DAU

to provide unique acquisition knowledge required

for a specific assignment, job, or position; to maintain proficiency; and to remain current with legislation, regulation, and policy. This training can span

several functional areas and is mandatory for selected individuals within a job series or position category. DAU provides funds for course delivery and

student travel costs for assignment-specific courses

in the same manner as it does for other courses.

Assignment-specific courses support work distribution

decisions of local management officials. Subject to

component guidance, these officials are responsible

for ensuring that employees who are given these

duties receive this training that will enable them to

perform their work productively and effectively.

DAU maintains complete student records for courses

taught since the University began offering instruction in 1993, but tracking student requirements and

recording completion of these courses in employee

personnel records are Component responsibilities.

Course descriptions are provided at the beginning of

this Chapter, and instructions for registering for

classes are provided in Chapter 2. Schedules for

classroom-based courses are maintained in ATRRS

and should be available through your local training

office. Up-to-date class schedules are also made

available for downloading from the DAU Web site

at http://www.dau.mil.

ACQ 201, Parts A and B

INTERMEDIATE SYSTEMS ACQUISITION

This course is assignment-specific only for Contracting

personnel. All Level III Contracting personnel who are

assigned to a major program or who devote at least

50 percent of their time to a major acquisition program

are required to take this course. Level II Contracting

personnel should take ACQ 201 within 1 year of assignment to a major defense acquisition program.

BCF 102

FUNDAMENTALS OF EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT

Workforce analysts who are responsible for analyzing

Earned Value Management (EVM) data or who need a

basic understanding of EVM concepts to perform some

aspects of their duties should take BCF 102. Attendees

typically include employees of program/project management offices, the Defense Contract Management

Agency, dedicated support matrix organizations, and

Service headquarters support matrix organizations.

BCF 203

INTERMEDIATE EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT

DoD AT&L workforce personnel should take BCF

203 if their duties include integrating earned value

data to perform the following functions: (1) awarding/administering contracts, reviewing or performing

surveillance on contractor’s management control

systems, or supporting Integrated Baseline Reviews

as outlined in DoD 5000.2-R, Part 3.3.4.3 (Cost Performance); or (2) evaluating, analyzing, or using

earned value data. Attendees typically include employees of program/project management offices,

the Defense Contract Management Agency, dedicated support matrix organizations, and Service

headquarters support matrix organizations.

BCF 206

COST RISK ANALYSIS

This course should be taken by DoD AT&L workforce personnel whose duties include: (1) developing

and/or evaluating cost estimates for such areas as

procurement, software, research and development,

weapons systems, etc.; (2) planning and managing

DoD systems acquisition; (3) evaluating and negotiating contract proposals; and (4) performing cost and

performance tradeoff analyses. Participants typically

include members from the business, cost estimating,

and financial management community as well as

program/project managers and personnel in contracting; systems planning, research, development,

and engineering; and information technology.

BCF 207

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

DoD AT&L workforce personnel should take BCF 207 if

their duties include: (1) developing and/or evaluating

costs and benefits of alternative courses of action involved in decisions (i.e., lease vs. buy, in-house vs. contractor, privatization or outsourcing, or repair or replace)

and/or (2) preparing funding proposals for such programs as Operations and Support Cost Reduction or Defense Working Capital Fund. Participants typically include members from the business, cost estimating, and

financial management community as well as program/

project managers and personnel in contracting; systems

planning, research, development and engineering; information technology; and non-DoD personnel who

conduct economic analyses of materiel systems.

Assignment-specific

Training
74

CHAPTER 3

BCF 208

SOFTWARE COST ESTIMATING

The Software Cost Estimating course should be taken

by DoD AT&L workforce personnel whose duties include developing and/or evaluating cost estimates for

life cycle management (i.e., research, development,

procurement, deployment, operating and support, and

disposal) for either embedded or stand-alone systems;

planning and managing DoD systems acquisitions;

evaluating and negotiating contract proposals; and

performing cost and performance tradeoff analyses.

Participants typically include members from the Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management

community as well as personnel in Program Management; Contracting; Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering; Information Technology;

and non-DoD personnel who are involved in developing, testing, and/or costing software.

BCF 209, Parts A, B, and C

ACQUISITION REPORTING COURSE

This course should be taken by Acquisition Category

(ACAT) ID/IC personnel who prepare, review, edit, or

generate input to Selected Acquisition Reports (SARs)

or who are responsible for ensuring that SARs are

consistent with Cost Analysis Improvement Group

procedures, SAR preparation guidelines, approved

budgets, and approved acquisition program baselines.

Attendees typically include employees of program/

project management offices, dedicated support matrix organizations, Service headquarters support matrix organizations, and contract administration offices.

BCF 215

OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST ANALYSIS

Personnel involved in developing and/or evaluating

operating and support cost estimates, cost/performance tradeoffs, or total ownership cost reduction

efforts should take BCF 215. The course is also appropriate as continuous learning for other personnel

involved in defense acquisition.

CON 232

OVERHEAD MANAGEMENT OF DEFENSE CONTRACTS

All contracting officers, buyers, price analysts, auditors, and contract administration personnel should

take CON 232 if they are assigned to projects in

which overhead situations are present and are important elements of cost. Course participants typically include members who are involved with major

acquisitions or assigned to the Defense Contract

Management Agency.

CON 234

CONTINGENCY CONTRACTING

This is intended for military personnel in the Contracting and Purchasing career fields and for emergencyessential civilians in deployable positions of all Services. Whenever practical, students should attend

CON 234 prior to assuming duties as a deployable

contracting officer or purchasing agent.

CON 235

ADVANCED CONTRACT PRICING

Level II and III personnel should take CON 235 if

they are involved in major systems acquisition or in

a commercial environment where knowledge of

cost risk analysis, cost estimating relationships/parametric estimating, overhead estimating, and decision/risk analysis tools is required.

CON 236

CONTRACTUAL ASPECTS OF VALUE ENGINEERING

Contracting, program management, and functional

personnel should take CON 236 if they might be involved in Value Engineering (VE) applications or if

they support major weapons systems and can be expected to encounter specific VE activity. Note: Individuals not assigned to contracting are encouraged

to attend. While the primary focus of the course is on

the contractual aspects of VE, the Integrated Product

Team/Integrated Product and Process Development

approach is emphasized regarding the utility of value

methodology and the resulting VE change proposals.

CON 237

SIMPLIFIED ACQUISITION PROCEDURES

This self-paced, Web-based course is designed as a

continuing education tool for all personnel requiring

knowledge of simplified acquisition procedures.

CON 243

ARCHITECT-ENGINEER CONTRACTING

Military and civilian workforce members in the Contracting career field who are assigned contracting responsibilities for Architect-Engineer (A-E) contracts should

take CON 243. Whenever practical, students should attend prior to assuming duties in A-E contracting.

CON 244

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTING

The Construction Contracting course is intended for

military and civilian workforce personnel in the

Contracting career field and others (e.g., professional engineers) who are assigned specific contract

administration duties for construction contracts. Whenever practical, students should attend this course prior

to assuming duties in construction contracting.
75

CHAPTER 3

CON 250

FUNDAMENTALS OF COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS— PART I

Civilians, GS-9 and above, or equivalent military

personnel with at least 2 years of experience in the

Contracting career field should attend CON 250. Participants should be in a position with responsibility

for Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) administration

for one or more contractors or have a current or

pending assignment dealing with CAS issues.

CON 251

FUNDAMENTALS OF COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS—

PART II

Civilians, GS-9 and above, or equivalent military

personnel, with at least 2 years of experience in the

Contracting career field should attend CON 251. Participants should be in a position where they are responsible for CAS administration for one or more

contractors that involves full CAS-covered contracts,

or they should have a current or pending assignment dealing with CAS issues on a regular basis.

CON 260 (Parts A & B)

THE SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM

All Level II certified Contracting workforce members

with Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization

Specialist responsibilities should complete The Small

Business Program course. CON 260 delves into the

intricacies of the small business program and those

associated programs and initiatives that support the

program and the department’s efforts to improve

small business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting. This course focuses particular attention on the small business specialist’s role

as a vital member of the acquisition team.

GRT 201

GRANTS AND AGREEMENTS MANAGEMENT

This course should be taken by all contracting personnel with grants management responsibilities and

by all acquisition personnel who have been assigned the responsibilities of a contracting officer’s

representative or contracting officer’s technical representative for a DoD grant.

LOG 203

RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY

Members of the DoD AT&L workforce should take

this online course if their duties include understanding and applying managerial and technical competencies involving systems design considerations for

reliability, maintainability, and supportability. Emphasized topics include understanding the relationship between reliability and maintainability (R&M),

reducing life cycle costs, developing operational

and contractual R&M requirements, reviewing R&M

design/analysis activities, and performing reliability

testing. Participants typically include life cycle logisticians, systems engineers, and program managers.

LOG 204

CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT

Members of the DoD AT&L workforce should attend

this resident course if their duties include understanding and relating the interrelationship of Configuration

Management (CM) to system life cycle design activities and product support. LOG 204 provides an overview of the basic concepts and practices of CM, including configuration identification, audits, control, status

accounting, and data management. Attributes and requirements to design, implement, and operate a CM

plan are discussed, including scenario-type exercises to

enhance learning. Students typically include life cycle

logisticians, systems engineers, configuration managers, program managers, and technical auditors.

PMT 202

MULTINATIONAL PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

All personnel involved in an international defense

cooperative research, development, and acquisition

program should take PMT 202.

PMT 203

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY

TRANSFER/CONTROL

This course should be taken by all personnel involved in an international defense acquisition program in other than a managerial capacity. Participants

will typically include members of the following career fields: Program Management; Contracting; Test

and Evaluation; Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering; and Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management.

PMT 304

ADVANCED INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT WORKSHOP

All personnel involved in an international defense acquisition program should take PMT 304, especially if

they are involved in international project agreements.

PMT 401

THE PROGRAM MANAGER’S COURSE

This executive-level course is designed for specially selected Level III certified DoD AT&L workforce members who are potential leaders of major

acquisition programs, integrated product teams,

and systems command/major command divisions.

Attendees must be GS-14/O-5 or above with extensive experience in acquisition, including 4 years in, or

in direct support of, a program management office.
76

CHAPTER 3

Selected representatives from industry may attend.

This assignment-specific course is required for newly

selected Program Executive Officers (PEOs), Deputy

PEOs, and Program Managers (PMs)/Deputy PMs of

ACAT I, IA, and II programs.

PMT 402

EXECUTIVE PROGRAM MANAGER’S COURSE

This assignment-specific course is required for newly

selected PEOs, DPEOs, and PMs/DPMs of ACAT I, IA,

and II programs.

PMT 403

PROGRAM MANAGER’S SKILLS

This course is designed to update newly designated

Acquisition Category (ACAT) III program/product

managers and their deputies on current acquisition

policy, principles, and practices. PMT 403 includes

lessons learned from recent experiences and instruction on how to operate as a program manager

in the current environment.

PQM 103

DEFENSE SPECIFICATION MANAGEMENT

Personnel who are responsible for writing, reviewing, coordinating, applying, or using specifications

and related documents should take PQM 103.

PQM 104

SPECIFICATION SELECTION AND APPLICATION

This course should be taken by personnel who are

involved in setting requirements and making standardization decisions. Also, personnel who use specifications and standards but are not actively involved

in the development or management of requirements

documentation could benefit from PQM 104.

PQM 202

COMMERCIAL AND NONDEVELOPMENTAL ITEM

ACQUISITION COURSE FOR TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

This course is intended for personnel who are involved in the acquisition of commercial and nondevelopmental items. This includes personnel who

locate and evaluate potential items, plan for support

of items, select and prepare requirements documents, or manage item test evaluations and quality.

PQM 203

PREPARATION OF COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS FOR

ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

Personnel who prepare or review commercial item

descriptions and use market research techniques to

identify commercial items should take PQM 203.

PQM 212

MARKET RESEARCH FOR ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL

PERSONNEL

The Market Research for Engineering and Technical

Personnel course is intended for personnel who

gather and use market information when conducting cost, schedule, and performance tradeoff analyses; determine whether items and services are commercial; or develop acquisition plans, requirements

documents, support plans, test plans, and evaluation factors.

SAM 101

BASIC SOFTWARE ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT

SAM 101 is recommended for those in acquisition

positions who have duties that include software acquisition management or who work in development

programs in which $20 million or more is spent on software, procurement programs in which $30 million or

more is spent on software, programs in which $1 million or more is spent on sustainment costs for software

annually, or programs in which post-deployment software support is ongoing. SAM 101 is an excellent introductory course for personnel of any rank/grade or

acquisition career level involved in management of

DoD software-intensive systems.

SAM 201

INTERMEDIATE SOFTWARE ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT

This course is recommended for acquisition personnel who are involved in any aspect of managing

DoD software-intensive systems. Priority for this

course will be given to personnel who manage software development and/or acquire software and

who work in development programs in which $20

million or more is spent on software, procurement

programs in which $30 million or more is spent on

software, programs in which $1 million or more is

spent on sustainment costs for software annually, or

programs in which post-deployment software support is ongoing.

SAM 301

ADVANCED SOFTWARE ACQUISITION MANAGEMENT

SAM 301 is recommended for acquisition personnel

involved in any aspect of managing DoD softwareintensive systems. Priority for this course will be

given to personnel who manage software development and/or acquire software and who work in development programs in which $20 million or more is

spent on software, procurement programs in which

$30 million or more is spent on software, programs

in which $1 million or more is spent on sustainment

costs for software annually, or programs in which

post-deployment software support is ongoing.
77

CHAPTER 3

The AT&L PLM . . .

PERFORMANCE SUPPORT

T he Defense Acquisition University provides performance support services to the acquisition,

technology, and logistics community to help resolve acquisition-related problems. Performance support services include consulting, coaching, mentoring,

rapid deployment training, targeted training, analysis, facilitation, and team collaboration support.

CONSULTING

DAU offers consulting in the functional areas of

Program Management, Contract Management, Systems Engineering, Funds Management, Logistics

Management, Earned Value, Manufacturing Management, Software Management, and Test and Evaluation. Information on other topics, such as dispute

resolution, strategic planning, and problem solving, is

also offered through such media as magazines,

books, guides, and other training materials.

Consulting services are provided by DAU’s seasoned faculty. Our faculty has extensive acquisition

program experience, education, and training to

provide the right solutions at the right time to

solve individual, project, and agency acquisition

problems. We utilize systems thinking and other

problem-solving methods to identify, evaluate,

and develop timely and appropriate solutions to

your acquisition and organizational challenges.

As part of our strategic partnering with industry,

DAU now offers a Program Start-up Workshop to facilitate better government and industry teaming after contract award on defense acquisition programs.

The 3- to 5-day workshop is tailored to match the

specific needs of each program and is conducted

jointly with government and industry teams. Ideally

held 2 to 4 weeks after contract award, the workshop provides training on essential start-up activities

and creates an environment of teamwork, communication, and trust. Because it is based on best practices

of successful programs, the Program Start-up Workshop helps to attain successful program execution.

For team collaboration and complex problem solving, DAU offers a Management Deliberation Center

(MDC), located at our Capital and Northeast Region

Campus at Fort Belvoir, Virginia. The MDC is a stateof-the-art facility designed for group collaboration

and complex problem solving and is available to

DoD and civilian agencies for strategic planning,

team building, brainstorming, and other facilitated

interventions. Trained facilitators help plan and

implement your organization’s performance support

requirements. Reservations for the MDC and facilitation services should be made well in advance of

your organization’s planned off-site. A portable system can be utilized for similar facilitation services at

your location or other DAU campuses.

RAPID DEPLOYMENT TRAINING

In response to the accelerated rate of change to acquisition policies, procedures, and best practices,

DAU has established a Rapid Deployment Training

(RDT) capability. By quickly focusing attention on

high-value initiatives, DAU is able to develop and

deliver targeted training to large numbers of the

acquisition workforce soon after an initiative is implemented and in parallel with changes to core curricula

courses. RDT is provided via all available media, including classroom training at the regional campuses,

continuous learning modules, and local sessions.

With the RDT initiative, DAU has expanded its performance support commitment to include rapid development and deployment of targeted training for

the AT&L workforce as key initiatives are matured.

DAU helps ensure that the AT&L workforce employs

the most current policies, procedures, and practices

to develop, produce, and support products and systems for the warfighter.

A few notable examples of RDT include DAU’s participation in organizing and rapidly deploying training for the AT&L workforce in response to significant

changes to the Defense acquisition system documents DoDI 5000.1 and DoDD 5000.2; the ongoing

effort to provide training on the new Chairman of

the Joint Chiefs of Staff Instruction 3170.01C (Joint

Capabilities Integration and Development System);

and training on the recent Unique Identification program that will significantly improve efficiency in moving supplies to warfighters and facilitate item tracking.

For more information, visit the Performance Support/Rapid Deployment Training Web page at

http://www.dau.mil/performance_support/

RDT.asp.
78

CHAPTER 3

TARGETED TRAINING

The following targeted training workshops and minicourses are available to the AT&L community. To find

out more about these courses or to request a course

for your organization, visit http://www.dau.mil/

performance_support/targeted_training.asp.

Activity Based Costing Principles introduces the

principles and techniques of this powerful management tool, which accurately relates the cost

of products and services offered to customers

with the consumption of organizational resources. .................................................................... 3.5 days

ACTD Execution (How to Run an Advanced Concept Technology Demonstration) provides the

student the necessary programmatic, systems engineering, and technical management skills and

know-how to become an effective, productive

member of an Advanced Concept Technology

Demonstration (ACTD) execution team. ........ 5 days

ACTD Transition Management Course introduces

the management team of an ACTD project to

some of the realities of the procurement and acquisition environment into which most ACTDs expect to transition. .................................................... 5 days

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) covers topics,

such as interest-based negotiation, partnering, and

third-party assisted ADR procedures, which lead

to equitable, cost-effective, and time-efficient

mutual agreements while building positive working relationships that continue beyond the life of

the contract. ............................................................... 2 days

Configuration Management (An Introduction to

MIL-HDBK-61A) provides an overview of the concepts and basic practices of Configuration Management (CM), including configuration identification, audits, control, status accounting, and data

management. The impact on CM by Acquisition

Reform, the integrated data environment, commercial off-the-shelf and nondevelopmental item

application, and open systems architecture is also

discussed. ................................................................ 4.5 days

Contracting Officer’s Representative Course (COR)

explains the duties, responsibilities, limitations,

nature, and scope of personal interactions and

gives a full picture of what this position

requires. .................................................................. 4.5 days

Cost Risk Analysis—A Monte Carlo Simulation

Approach: After a program’s risks (performance,

schedule, and cost estimating) have been identified, an approach is selected to estimate the cost

impact to the program. This class uses a Monte

Carlo simulation to analyze uncertainty, construct

a total cost distribution, and make probability

statements concerning program cost. ............. 2 days

DISA Information Systems Engineering Seminar

(ISES) introduces the software management

team of any Defense Information Systems

Agency (DISA) project to some of the realities of

procurement, acquisition, basic systems, and software engineering. ................................................... 3 days

Diversity Games Workshop is based on the “whole

brain” concept described in the Herrmann Brain

Dominance Instrument (HBDI) developed by Ned

Herrmann. Students learn to understand their

own thinking styles as well as the styles of others. It clearly shows how the diversity is not a liability but can become one of a team’s best assets as it encompasses the best there is to offer

in a group. ............................................................ .5–1 day

Economic Analysis for Decision Making (EADM)

explores the processes and techniques for making decisions among different economic alternatives and will enable the student to plan and

conduct studies and recommend courses of

action. ........................................................................... 5 days

Economic Analysis for Managers (EAM) is a broad

review of the techniques recognized by the DoD

for making decisions among different economic

courses of action. ..................................................... 5 days

Earned Value Management (EVM) is an important

program management tool for large acquisition

programs. This class can be tailored to the beginning EVM analyst, with basic definitions and analytical tools, or kept at the management level to

address managing a program based on the EVM

information that has been provided. .............. 3 days

Earned Value Overview (EVO) provides a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, policies,

and procedures of earned value management as

it is applied in systems acquisitions. ............... 3 days

Evolutionary Acquisition Workshop covers the

basics of implementing an Evolutionary Acquisition Strategy. Principles of sound technical

management, risk management and mitigation, and cost estimation are among the topics

addressed. ................................................................. .5 day

Executive Seminar in Government Property

(ESGP) employs case studies and exercises to

demonstrate the value of good government property management. The workshop is designed for
79

CHAPTER 3

managerial personnel with overall responsibility

for government property. .................................... 3 days

Fiscal Responsibilities for the DoD Technical Professional explains laws and regulations that have

a large impact on the test and evaluation community, such as the National Defense Authorization

Act, DoD 5000 documents, Requirements Generation System, and the Joint Capabilities Integration

and Development System (JCIDS). Note: This

“short course” is updated frequently to include the

latest available information. .............................. 2 days

General Acquisition Principles and Fiscal Responsibilities provides the student an update on the

DoD acquisition process and principles, the standards of conduct and potential consequences that

govern and guide the acquisition workforce, and

the basics of fiscal (appropriations) law, rules, and

practices that govern how appropriated funds are

spent. ............................................................................ 3 days

Government Property Disposition Seminar

(GPDS) provides an overview for contracting offices covering the statutory and regulatory disposal requirements for government property in

the possession of contractors. ........................... 2 days

Government Property in a Contingency Contracting Environment (GPCCE) covers the issues surrounding GPCCE, including special concerns for

providing and controlling government property in

a wartime environment. ..................................... 2 days

Government Property Forms (GPF) explains the numerous forms required for use in the management

of government property, including the Inventory

Schedule, DD Form 1662, DD Form 1149, SF Form

1423, and Reports of Discrepancies. ................... 1 day

Integrated Baseline Review Workshop is tailored to

the participant’s particular project and provides instructions on how to best conduct an IBR to assess

the reasonableness, adequacy, and accuracy of

this baseline plan. ................................................... 2 days

ISO 9000/2000 provides an understanding and a

working knowledge of the application, interpretation, and evaluation of the International Organization of Standards (ISO) 9000 series standards for

quality management systems as used in defense

acquisition. .................................................................. 2 days

Leading Project Teams Course illustrates the principles of team development and operation using

practical examples and exercises. (The course can

be tailored to meet the specific needs of the

sponsoring organization.) ................................ 3–5 days

Lean Thinking and Value Stream Mapping Seminar

focuses on creating value as determined by the

customer emphasizing lean thinking principles and

concepts. ............................................................... 2.5 days

Logistics Test and Evaluation is an orientation for

members of the logistics test and evaluation

community who have been selected from operational units to do test and evaluation on

weapons systems. .................................................. 2 days

Management Seminar explores the principles, functions, and skills needed to be an effective manager and can be tailored to the customer’s specific

needs. ........................................................................... 2 days

Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) Workshop provides participants with heightened self-awareness

and useful knowledge on working with others in

organizational and team settings. Participants will

complete the MBTI in the workshop. ....... 4–6 hours

Navy Systems Engineering Guide explains the Naval Air Systems Command approach to Systems

Engineering (designed for NAVAIR technical

managers). ................................................................. 5 days

New Program Start-up Workshop is tailored to

the specific needs of each program. DAU and

Raytheon have jointly developed this workshop

to facilitate better government and industry

teaming after contract award on defense acquisition programs. .................................................. 3–5 days

Performance Based Service Acquisition (PBSA)

provides an overview of performance-based

methods and how to determine when they are

appropriate and is designed for personnel who

must work with program officials to plan,

award, and administer performance-based

contracts. ..................................................................... 3 days

Phone Negotiations Workshop emphasizes management-level planning and oversight of logistics

support development for a new system. ........ 1 day

Problem Solving Techniques for Quality Improvement (PSTQ) examines problem-solving methodology, statistical techniques, and a “tool kit” of

ideas that may be used to achieve quality improvement goals. .................................................... 3 days

Program Management through the Looking Glass

provides coaching and feedback to program

managers and their teams using the Looking

Glass, Inc.® management. ................................ 3 days
80

CHAPTER 3

Property Administration/Management for Contracting Officers (PACO) explains the roles and

responsibilities of the contracting officer in regard

to government property when provided to contractors. ........................................................................ 3 days

Property Control Systems Analysis Workshop

(PCSAW) examines worksheet design, data

analysis, and case-based problem solving as well

as a number of advanced audit techniques available to the property administrator. ............... 3 days

Provisioning provides a fundamental management understanding of provisioning requirements

associated with the acquisition and sustainment

of weapon systems and equipment in the DoD

inventory. ................................................................... 5 days

Provisioning Management emphasizes management-level planning and oversight of logistics support development for a new system. ............. 4 days

Quality Assurance for Commercial Activities (QACA)

provides the requisite tools and knowledge to effectively design quality assurance surveillance

plans for commercial activities. ......................... 4 days

Resources for the Test and Evaluation Professional

introduces a wealth of information and resources

available to the Test and Evaluation workforce, to

include magazines and publications, handbooks

and guidebooks, Web sites, classes, online courses,

CD-ROMs, and software resources. ................. 5 hours

Risk Management Workshop provides an overview

of risk management and a process to identify, evaluate, and develop risk-handling strategies. ...... 1 day

Sole Source Commercial Item Pricing addresses potential problems associated with purchasing a commercial supply or service on a sole source basis.

Note: Students must bring a basic calculator to class

to accomplish the application exercises. ........... 1 day

Source Selection provides an overview of Source

Selection and Technical Evaluation Board documentation pertaining to competitive proposals using the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Subpart 15.3 Source Selection Process. ............. 1–2 days

Sustainment Systems Technical Support (SSTS)

provides a fundamental management understanding of SSTS requirements associated with

the integrated logistics planning and sustainment

support for weapon systems and equipment in the

Army inventory. The course reviews, emphasizes,

and discusses legal and regulatory guidance and

direction, funding sources, and maintenance concepts and techniques. .............................................. 1 day

System Acquisition Overview (SAO) provides members of the acquisition community a basic understanding of the terms, relationships, decisions

and actions taken by a program management

office during the life cycle of a major weapon

system. ........................................................................ 3 days

Statistical Process Control (SPC) offers a clear, effective way to learn basic statistical process control

and techniques that can be applied immediately.

Note: A basic understanding of algebra is recommended, and participants should bring a scientific

or statistical calculator to class. ........................... 5 days

Statistical Process Control for Short Runs (SPCR)

provides the basic knowledge required for reaping the benefits of SPC with short production

runs. ............................................................................... 3 days

Technology Assessment and Transition Management prepares the student to conduct technology

assessment using a variety of tools and provides

training on technology development strategies,

technology transition agreements, and other technology transition documentation. ..................... 2 days

Technical Issues in Government Property Disposal

(TIGPD) covers the technical issues surrounding

the disposition of government property in the

possession of contractors, including inventory

verification, sampling requirements, hazardous

wastes, demilitarization, and information technology resources. ........................................................... 2 days

Whole Brain Dominance Workshop uses the

Herrmann Brain Dominance Instrument (HBDI), a

widely used instrument for understanding the implications of thinking style preferences on communications, problem solving, and team building. Participants will complete the HBDI and receive

individual feedback on their results. They can then

use the workshop to improve self management and

to work with others in group settings. ....... 2–4 hours

For more information on targeted training or to

schedule consulting services, contact the

performance support team at your regional

DAU campus:

West Region...................................... pswst@dau.mil

Midwest Region ............................. psmwt@dau.mil

South Region...................................... pssth@dau.mil

Mid-Atlantic Region ...................... psmat@dau.mil

Capital & Northeast Region ...... pscpne@dau.mil

DAU Headquarters ..........................psdau@dau.mil
81

CHAPTER 3

T he DAU offers online, self-paced Continuous

Learning (CL) modules with assessments and

certificates as well as presentations intended

for awareness only. Links to modules from the Air

Force Institute of Technology (AFIT), the General

Services Administration (GSA), the Section 508 Initiative, and the Navy are also offered. Information

regarding these opportunities is available at the

Continuous Learning Center (CLC) Web site at

http://clc.dau.mil.

DAU continually develops and adds new offerings

to the CLC site. Check this Web site frequently to

see what’s new. The following list provides the Continuous Learning Points (CLPs) for currently available

CL opportunities:

Self-Paced Modules

Activity-Based Costing (ABC)—AFIT FIN 160 introduces ABC and discusses the Air Force Materiel

Command strategic planning process. ......... 20 CLPs

Affirmative Procurement (AP) Training, 2002—

AFCEE (EPA/Green Procurement) describes

AP program actions to meet the AFCEE (Air

Force Center for Environmental Excellence) EPA

(Environmental Protection Agency)/Green Procurement requirements. ................................... 3 CLPs

CLM 101 Analysis of Alternatives [AoA] presents

the process used to conduct an AoA in support

of requirements development and systems

acquisition. ............................................................... 2 CLPs

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial for CON 104 and other

DAU Courses summarizes incentives available to

motivate both government program office personnel and contractor personnel to reduce acquisition

response times. ......................................................... 0 CLPs

CLB 001 Business Management Modernization

Program (BMMP) introduces the DoD-wide initiative to transform business processes and to

standardize and integrate information systems

and standards. ........................................................... 1 CLP

CLC 027 Buy American Act demystifies Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), Part 25 and DFARS

(Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement) 225 with materials and practical

examples. ..................................................................3 CLPs

CLM 025 COTS Acquisitions for Program Managers

summarizes fundamental challenges organizations face when integrating commercial items to

form a system. ......................................................... 3 CLPs

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination explores the commercial item determination process as outlined in the Commercial Item Determination Handbook................................................3.5 CLPs

CLC 021 Commercial Item Determination, CD-ROM

Students Only provides a post-test and certificate

for those students who have completed the CDROM course. ........................................................... 3.5 CLPs

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination: Executive

Overview reviews the process outlined in the Commercial Item Determination Handbook. ............ .5 CLP

CLC 012 Contracting Officers Representative (COR)

Overview provides students with a general knowledge of roles and responsibilities as members involved in the contracting process. .................... 4 CLPs

CLC 018 Contractual Incentives focuses on the balance between government and industry goals and

objectives in crafting an effective incentive strategy

that delivers value to both parties. ................... 3 CLPs

CLB 012 Cost as an Independent Variable (CAIV) is

designed to help develop a well-planned and informative CAIV plan. ................................................ 1 CLP

Current Topics in Financial Management—AFIT FIN

150 is intended for product center and logistics center

personnel involved with financial processes. ...... 1 CLP

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the

PM introduces the capabilities of Defense Logistics

Agency [DLA] in delivering tailored support to the

program manager, operational unit, Service inventory control points, etc. ......................................... 3 CLPs

The AT&L PLM . . .

CONTINUOUS LEARNING
82

CHAPTER 3

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management addresses

subcontracting activities from the perspective of the

staff of a defense acquisition program office. 4 CLPs

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering [DMP]

introduces ways in which DMP serves as a

cost-effective technique for applying a performance-based logistics philosophy in the ‘real

world.’ ..........................................................................2 CLPs

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial

presents the mandatory requirements and other

guidelines to consider when using the Government

Purchase Card. ........................................................... 4 CLPs

CLG 002 DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial,

CD-ROM Students Only provides a post-test and

certificate for those who have completed the CDROM course. ........................................................... 3.5 CLPs

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview introduces

fundamental Enterprise Integration (EI) concepts, defines EI implementation strategies, and describes

suggested EI “best practices.” ............................. 3 CLPs

CLM 003 Ethics Training for AT&L 2004 reinforces

the most important legal ethics standards governing interaction between government personnel

and contractors. ........................................................ 2 CLPs

Fiscal Law Tutorial provides training for personnel in

legal, financial management, acquisition, and other

fields who cannot attend a resident course but require a working knowledge of fiscal law. .... 4 CLPs

CLL 009 Force-centric Logistics Enterprise (FLE)

examines DoD’s ongoing efforts to modernize its

logistics organization and capabilities. .......... 3 CLPs

GSA Federal Supply Schedules Training is an orientation on using the schedules for cost-effective

and streamlined purchases of commonly used supplies and services. ................................................. 16 CLPs

GSA SmartPay—Purchase Card Program provides

an overview of incentives available to motivate

both government program office personnel as

well as contractor personnel to reduce acquisition

response times. ......................................................... 4 CLPs

GSA SmartPay Purchase Cards A/OPC Training explains the role and responsibilities of an A/OPC

(Agency/Organization Program Coordinator). .... 1 CLP

Incentives for Reducing Acquisition Response

Time—AFIT SYS 352 summarizes incentives available to motivate both government program office

personnel and contractor personnel to reduce acquisition response times. ........................................ 1 CLP

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation,

Part 1, introduces the history and functioning of

International Armaments Cooperation. .......... 2 CLPs

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation,

Part 2, explains the International Agreement Process

and the Defense Data Exchange Program. ..... 2 CLPs

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation,

Part 3, discusses foreign participation in systems

acquisition and production, cooperative logistics, and

international environmental cooperation. .......... 1 CLP

CLM 026 Introduction to Knowledge Management (Part A) provides an overview of the basic

concepts of Knowledge Management (KM), describes the KM value proposition, and develops

an awareness of the tools and skills needed to

work effectively within a knowledge-sharing

environment. ............................................................. 2 CLPs

CLM 027 Introduction to Knowledge Management

(Part B) teaches the skills, tools, and methods essential for effective knowledge management. ..... 2 CLPs

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts

explains lean enterprise concepts and techniques,

the key to success for many corporations around

the world in the 21st century. ....................... 3.5 CLPs
83

CHAPTER 3

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (RTOC) provides an orientation to the

RTOC requirement, defines key RTOC concepts,

and describes best practices, emphasizing RTOC

from a systems perspective. ............................... 3 CLPs

CLE 201 ISO 9000/2000 teaches the basic elements

of ISO 9000/2000 and lessons learned regarding

its implementation and use. ............................... 3 CLPs

CLM 023 Javits-Wagner-O’Day (JWOD) Tutorial

provides a better understanding of the JWOD Program, which helps people with disabilities obtain

or maintain employment. ...................................... 1 CLP

CLE 007 Lean—Six Sigma is a continuation of the

‘Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts’ and ‘Six

Sigma: Concepts and Process’ modules. ........ 6 CLPs

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success details Defense Contract Management Agency

(DCMA) products and services that can be utilized

to reduce program risk. ......................................... 2 CLPs

CLC 004 Market Research explains market research

and its importance in acquiring weapons and

combat system capabilities better, faster, and

cheaper. ....................................................................... 3 CLPs

CLC 035 Other Transactions Authority (OTA) for

Prototype Projects: Comprehensive Coverage

presents the mandatory requirements and other

guidelines to consider when using OTA for prototype projects. ............................................................. 3 CLPs

CLC 036 Other Transactions Authority (OTA) for

Prototype Projects Overview summarizes the

mandatory requirements and other guidelines

to consider when using OTA for prototype

projects. .................................................................... .5 CLPs

P-Pro Evolutionary Acquisition: The What and

Why of EA covers the definitions, objectives, and

attributes of evolutionary acquisition. ......... .5 CLPs

P-Pro New DoD Systems Acquisition Process describes the new DoD systems acquisition process

and the DoD 5000 series documents. ......... .5 CLPs

P-Pro Performance Based Payments, C-17 Program

describes how performance-based payments were

used by the Air Force and Boeing in the manufacture of the C-17 transport aircraft. ........... .5 CLPs

P-Pro: Market Research describes the process of

market research as it is used to collect, organize,

analyze, present, and maintain data for the purpose

of maximizing the capabilities, technology, and competitive forces of the marketplace. ................ .5 CLPs

CLC 028 Past Performance Information addresses

the rationale behind collecting past performance information, why it should be used, and how its use

improves contractor performance. ..................... 3 CLPs

CLC 029 Past Performance Information, CD-ROM

Students Only provides a post-test and certificate for those who have completed the CD-ROM

course. .......................................................................... 3 CLPs

CLC 026 Performance Based Payments (PBPs)

Overview presents an overview of the fundamental concepts of PBPs and the guidance necessary

for implementing a PBP financing structure as part

of a fixed-price contract. .................................... .5 CLPs

CLL 011 Performance Based Logistics (PBL) presents PBL as the strategy of choice for product

support. ........................................................................ 3 CLPs

CLC 013 Performance Based Service Acquisition

(PBSA) explains how PBSA strategies adapt best

commercial practices and maximize performance,

innovation, and competition. ............................. 6 CLPs

Price Analysis Methods—AFIT QMT 110 presents

the hierarchy of Federal Acquisition Regulation

price analysis methods and includes information

on performance-based payments. ..................... 1 CLP
84

CHAPTER 3

CLC 022 Profit Policy Revisions addresses changes

to DoD’s profit policy as a result of DFARS Cases

2000-D300 and 2000-D018. .................................. 1 CLP

CLC 034 Provisional Award Fee Awareness explains

the DFARS guidance, effective 13 January 04, for

the use of provisional award fee payments in

cost-plus-award-fee contracts. .............................. 1 CLP

CLE 301 Reliability/Maintainability defines reliability, availability, and maintainability; explores the

significant influence of Reliability & Maintainability

(R&M) on key issues; and provides practical application techniques. .................................................... 4 CLPs

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning introduces a new

Internet-based contracting technique used by the

DoD acquisition community to achieve significant

cost savings through e-commerce capabilities. ...... 1

CLP

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding provides the Federal procurement professional a better understanding of

contracting for supplies and services using the

sealed bidding process. ......................................... 2 CLPs

Section 508 Awareness—Federal Information Technology (IT) Accessibility Training summarizes

Section 508 and its effects and identifies resources

for understanding and implementing the requirements of Section 508. .............................................. 1 CLP

CLC 017 Section 803 Competition Requirements

addresses the new Section 803 Policy: Competition for Purchase of Services Pursuant to Multiple

Award Contracts and is intended for all personnel

involved with service contracts. .......................... 1 CLP

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Process introduces the foundations of the Six Sigma quality

control methodology created by Motorola to increase the productivity and quality of products

and customer service processes. ....................... 8 CLPs

CLC 032 Understanding and Utilizing Performance

Based Payments (PBPs) presents the implementation of PBPs as a method of financing fixed-priced

contracts following FAR guidelines. .................. 3 CLPs

CLE 001 Value Engineering (VE) is an overview for

all personnel; it encompasses the uses of this technique to reduce cost, increase productivity, improve quality, and achieve the lowest life cycle

cost. ................................................................................ 3 CLPs

Wide Area Workflow—Receipts and Acceptance

(WAWF-RA) is a secure Web-based system for

electronic invoicing, receipt, and acceptance. The

application enables electronic form submission of

invoices and government inspection and acceptance documents in order to support DoD’s goal of

moving to a paperless acquisition process. .. 3 CLPs

Briefings

CLC 014 Acquisition of Services introduces students to performance-based service contracting

and ways to communicate DoD service requirements.

CLC 015 Commercial Acquisition reinforces the latest guidance for commercial acquisitions, outlining

the major changes to the contracting process

brought about by the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act of 1994 and the Clinger-Cohen Act of

1996.

CLC 016 Implementing Price-Based Acquisition examines how the contracting officer or contracting

specialist can use price-based acquisition as a tool

to streamline the source selection process.

CLM 022 Introduction to Interoperability provides

an introduction to interoperability as it relates to

requirements generation, including background,

key definitions, and concepts.
85

CHAPTER 3

The AT&L PLM . . .

KNOWLEDGE SHARING

As a learning institution, DAU has been sharing

knowledge in the classroom and through research and consulting activities for many years.

By leveraging technology, sharing knowledge is no

longer restricted to traditional classroom offerings.

DAU expands its reach to the AT&L community

through online resources and interactive venues that

facilitate the sharing of experiences and lessons

learned among individuals and organizations. DAU’s

three primary components of Knowledge Sharing are

the AT&L Knowledge Sharing System (AKSS), the Acquisition Community Connection (ACC), and the

David D. Acker Virtual Library.

AT&L KNOWLEDGE SHARING SYSTEM

Knowledge sharing—the blending of people, processes, and information technology—improves organizational performance through increased efficiency,

effectiveness, and innovation.

DAU manages the AT&L Knowledge Sharing System

(AKSS), which provides easy-to-access information

to the workforce in an environment that encourages

and rewards knowledge sharing: the right information in the right place at the right time.

The AKSS provides a comprehensive reference library, connection to online knowledge communities,

and an Ask-a-Professor support function. Special focus areas include AT&L Web links, education and

training, guidebooks and handbooks, glossaries and

acronyms, news and publications, acquisition events,

and software tools. Community Central organizes

and provides access to online knowledge communities developed and used by OSD, the Services, and

Defense agencies.

Become a part of the AT&L Knowledge Sharing

System at http://akss.dau.mil.
86

CHAPTER 3

ACQUISITION COMMUNITY CONNECTION

The Acquisition Community Connection (ACC)—Where

the AT&L Workforce Meets to Share Knowledge—is an

online information exchange forum that includes

Communities of Practice (CoP) and Special Interest

Areas (SIA). Communities currently include Program

Management, Systems Engineering, Contracting,

Logistics, Facilities Engineering, Data Management,

and Information Technology, to name a few. These

communities help members interact and share resources and experiences to support job performance,

avoid duplication of effort, and advance the physical

and virtual connection of people and ideas.

Acquisition Research, Total Ownership Cost, Science

and Technology, and Earned Value Management are

among the SIAs on the ACC. SIAs differ from CoPs in

that the primary goal of SIAs is to distribute knowledge among the acquisition workforce, while CoPs

also cultivate interaction within the community.

For current information and access to the valuable

tools listed above, visit the Acquisition Community

Connection Web site at http://acc.dau.mil.

DAU VIRTUAL LIBRARY

The David D. Acker Library supports the University’s

curricula and its defense acquisition research. Full

borrowing privileges are available to current acquisition, technology, and logistics students, and alumni

may register for weekend borrowing privileges. The

library participates in interlibrary loans through the

Online Computer Library Center.

The Acker Library maintains an online presence at

http://library.dau.mil. A link to the catalog of collections provides easy searches by author, title, subject terms, keywords, date, and format. While all

catalog entries are available in hard copy in the library collection, many of these publications are also

available on the Web; in this case, the catalog record

includes a link to the online publication.

Other links on the library Home Page lead to Webbased services providing access to full text documents, such as InsideDefense, ProQuest, Carroll’s

MilSearch, FirstSearch, eBooks, and BNA Federal

Contracts Report.
87

APPENDIX A

Appendix A

DAU Regions

Appendix B

Career Field Certification Requirements

Appendix C

Equivalencies

Appendix D

Continuing Education Units

Appendix E

Meeting Acquisition Corps

 Education Standards

Appendix F

Other Products and Services

Provided by DAU

Appendices

APPENDIX A
88

APPENDIX A
89

APPENDIX A

Appendix A—DAU Regions

I

n order to better serve the AT&L workforce, DAU

has regionalized its operations and established

five regional campuses. All regions maintain training sites in addition to their main campuses. DAU’s

regional campuses and their additional training sites

are listed below:

DAU West Region, San Diego, CA

Los Angeles, CA

Port Hueneme, CA

Rock Island, IL

DAU Midwest Region, Kettering, OH

(near Wright Patterson Air Force Base)

Columbus, OH

Warren, MI

DAU South Region, Huntsville, AL

Eglin AFB, FL

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region, California, MD

(near Patuxent River Naval Air Station)

Fort Lee, VA

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Norfolk, VA

DAU Capital and Northeast Region, Fort Belvoir, VA

Boston, MA

Fort Monmouth, NJ

The DSMC – School of Program Managers is

colocated with the Capital and Northeast Region at

Fort Belvoir, VA.

Each DAU campus is fully equipped to accommodate student needs. Housing, dining facilities, libraries, fitness facilities, and medical facilities are

available to DAU students at each campus. Each

training site has a minimum of one DAU-dedicated

classroom with state-of-the-art instructional technology. Since all of these sites are located either

on or near a military facility, a full range of support services is available.

Main campus classrooms are furnished with state-ofthe-art equipment to enhance the student’s learning

experience. Many sites also provide bookstores, post/

base exchanges and commissaries, chapels, bus transportation, barber shops, dry cleaners, and ATM locations. Upon registration, students will receive information about these and other services.

In addition to resident and online training, many

classes are offered locally when the number of students in one location warrants bringing the instruction to where the workforce is concentrated. Usually

this is determined by what proves to be the best

value for the government. (See Chapter 3, Course

Descriptions, for the method of delivery for each

course.)

Capital/Northeast

 and DSMC

Mid-Atlantic

South

Midwest

West
90

APPENDIX A

DAU WEST REGION

SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA

DAU West Region

33000 Nixie Way, Bldg. 50,

Suite 352

San Diego, CA 92147-5117

(619) 524-4800, DSN 524

Fax: (619) 524-4794

Training Centers:

Los Angeles, CA

2401 East El Segundo Boulevard

Suite 420

Los Angeles, CA 90245

(310) 356-1275

Fax: (310) 356-1280

Port Hueneme, CA

3502 Goodspeed Street, Suite 2

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4425

(805) 982-2151, DSN 551

Fax: (805) 982-4843

Rock Island, IL

Bldg 56, 2nd Floor, Rm 222

1 Rock Island Arsenal

Rock Island, IL 61299-7640

(309)782-0454, DSN 793

Fax: (309) 782-0518
91

APPENDIX A

DAU MIDWEST REGION

KETTERING, OHIO

(Near Wright-Patterson Air Force Base)

DAU Midwest Region

3100 Research Blvd., Pod 3, 3rd Floor

Kettering, Ohio 45420

(937) 781-1025

Fax: (937) 781-1026

Training Centers:

Columbus, OH

Bldg 20, Pod A1S

3990 E. Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43216

(614) 692-1559, DSN 850

FAX: (614) 692-1552

Warren, MI

DAU-MW (TACOM)

Bldg 231, MS 335

6501 E. 11 Mile Road

Warren, MI 48387-5000

(586) 574-5924, DSN 786

FAX: (586) 574-7066

N

S

W

E

SW

SE

NW

NE

Toledo Columbus

Indianapolis

Air Force

Institute of 

Technology WPAFB

Wright State

University

70

Sinclair Community

College

University

of Dayton

Central State

University

Xenia

Cincinnati

DAYTON &

VICINITY

Miami Valley

Research Park

75 675

Research Blvd.

675

DAU

Midwest

Region

35 835
92

APPENDIX A

DAU SOUTH REGION

HUNTSVILLE, ALABAMA

DAU South Region

6767 Old Madison Pike

Building 7

Huntsville, AL 35806

(256) 722-1100, DSN 788

Fax: (256) 722-1003

Hughes Road

Slaughter Road

N

S

W

E

WS

SE

NW

NE

University D rive

Not to Scale

565

72

Wynn Drive

Bradford

Holmes Avenue

Madison Blvd

Sparkman Drive

Old Madison Pike

Boardwalk

Triana Blvd

DAU

South

Region

Huntsville

International

Airport

Huntsville, AL

Redstone Arsenal

NASA Marshall Space Flight Center

AMCOM

Limited Access Area

Jordan Lane 53

Balch Road

Wall Triana

Rideout Road (Research Park Blvd)

Patton Road

Drake Ave

Redstone Arsenal 

Intergraph NASA Exit

Madison Exit

DAU-S is located in Building 7 of the Progress Center 

in the Cummings Research Park, Huntsville, AL. It is 

approximately 1 mile north of Redstone Arsenal, Gate 9.

Training Centers:

DAU Eglin AFB Satellite Office

AAC/AX

102 West D Ave, 1st Floor

Eglin AFB, FL 32542-6807

(850) 882-8486, Ext: 3114
93

APPENDIX A

DAU MID-ATLANTIC REGION

CALIFORNIA, MARYLAND

(Near Patuxent River Naval Air Station)

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

23330 Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 200

California, MD 20619

(240) 895-7344

Fax: (240) 895-7333

Southern Maryland

Higher Education

Center

DAU

Mid-Atlantic

Region

Airport Road

Co ton

ood

Pkwy

By

the Mill oa

Way

Cl

ks

ill Road

Miles Village Dr

Airp rt iew Dr

Wildewood Blvd

4

To Lexington 

Park, MD

Wildewood

Shopping Center

To Waldorf, MD

To Prince

Frederick, MD

Not to Scale

The Center is located in the Cottonwood Building 

at Wildewood Technology Park, California, MD. 

It is 5 miles north of Patuxent (PAX) River NAS, 

35 miles south of Waldorf, and 22 miles south of 

Prince Frederick, MD.

Wildewood Pkwy

N

S

W

E

WS

SE

NW

NE

Outback

Steakhouse

Patuxent Naval

Air Station

235

235

Training Centers:

Fort Lee, VA

2401 Quarters Road

Fort Lee, VA 23801-1705

Phone: (804) 765-4411

DSN 539-4411

FAX: (804) 765-4792

Norfolk, VA

1968 Gilbert Street

Suite 660

Norfolk, Virginia 23511

(757) 443-2350

DSN 564-2350

FAX: (757) 443-2343

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Office Location: Rhine Ordinance Barracks (ROB)

Building 164 Room 112

Street Address/German Address (for Fedex):

Beschaffungsstelle der US Luftwaffe

Am Opelkreisel, Rhine Ordinance Barracks

Gebaude 164

Kaiserslautern 67663

(49) 0631-536-6332; Fax: (49) 0631-536-8507
94

APPENDIX A

DAU CAPITAL&NORTHEAST REGION

FORT BELVOIR, VA

9820 Belvoir Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

(703) 805-2764, DSN 655

Fax: (703) 805-2877

DSMC–SCHOOL OF PROGRAM MANAGERS

FORT BELVOIR, VA

9820 Belvoir Road, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

(703) 805-2436, DSN 655

Fax: (703) 805-3201

Training Centers:

DAU-C/NE (Boston)

Building 1728

Hanscom AFB, MA 01731-1706

(781) 377-3593, DSN 478

FAX: (781) 377-9907

Fort Monmouth, NJ

Commander

HQ, US Army, CECOM

ATTN: AMSEL-PT-HRD, Malterer Avenue, Bldg 551

Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703

(732) 532-1039, DSN 992; FAX: (732) 532-2780
95

APPENDIX B

Appendix B—Career Field Certification

Requirements

The following checklists provide a concise description of the education, experience, and training

required to meet the standards for certification

in Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (AT&L) career fields. The Under Secretary of Defense for AT&L

(USD(AT&L)) has approved these checklists for the

DoD AT&L workforce under the authority of DoD Directive 5000.52, “Defense Acquisition Education,

Training and Career Development Program.” DoD

components are responsible for ensuring that workforce personnel are trained to qualify for their current assignments, prepared for more responsible

jobs, and cross-trained for assignments in other

AT&L fields. All courses that may be taken to meet

Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act

(DAWIA) certification requirements are included in

this Appendix.

The USD(AT&L) has designated certain courses that

provide knowledge required to perform particular

duties specific to an assignment. These assignmentspecific courses are presented in Chapter 3.

Each checklist explains the flow and relational aspects of the standards. Mandatory standards are

indicated by an open box or, when options are

available, by an open circle. Individuals may be

certified in an acquisition career level when all

mandatory standards have been met. Some standards are designated “Desired” and are indicated

by shaded boxes and circles. Where no standard

exists for an element, the box is filled in black.

(See legend at the end of this page.)

The checklists incorporate other information useful

for determining how the standards may be met.

Personnel Data System (PDS) codes used to track

training in automated personnel systems are included for each of the courses. They are shown in

brackets “[ ]” after the course title. Predecessor

courses, i.e., discontinued courses that satisfy the

current training requirements, are provided in

Chapter 3. In some cases, equivalent courses are offered by DoD and private and public institutions of

learning as explained in Appendix C.

It is strongly recommended that the courses be

attended in the order listed. These are progressive, sequential courses that build upon previously learned skills in an integrated curriculum.

The components are responsible for determining

that a prospective student possesses sufficient

knowledge and/or background to attend a course.

Course descriptions are provided in Chapter 3 of

this Catalog, and instructions for registering for

classes are provided in Chapter 2. DAU uses the

Army Training Requirements and Resources System

(ATRRS) for enrollment application in all of its

classes. Class schedules are maintained in ATRRS,

and up-to-date class schedules are available for

downloading from the DAU Home Page at http://

www.dau.mil; from the Home Page, select “Training Courses” and “Course Schedule.”

Checklists are provided for each certification level in

the following career paths:

• Auditing

• Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial

Management

• Contracting

• Facilities Engineering

• Industrial/Contract Property Management

• Information Technology

• Life Cycle Logistics

• Production, Quality and Manufacturing

• Program Management

• Purchasing

• Systems Planning, Research, Development and

Engineering – Science and Technology Manager

• Systems Planning, Research, Development and

Engineering – Systems Engineering

• Test and Evaluation

Legend for certification standards checklists:

Mandatory standard

Desired standard

No standard has been set

Option for meeting mandatory standard

Option for meeting desired standard

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.
96

APPENDIX B

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

AUDITING

Level I

EDUCATION – Meet one of the following criteria:

A baccalaureate degree in accounting

A baccalaureate degree in a related field, such as business administration or finance, which included or was

supplemented by 24 semester hours in accounting

At least 4 years of experience in accounting

An equivalent combination of accounting experience, college education, and training

EXPERIENCE – Either:

Meet OPM Qualification Standards for entry into the series

A baccalaureate degree with 24 semester hours in accounting

(Desired) Accounting/auditing work experience in industry or public accounting

TRAINING

AUD 1130 Technical Indoctrination [PC6]

(Desired) AUD 6115 Effective Report Writing [PAG]*

Level II

EDUCATION

Entry below GS-9: Complete Level I requirements

Entry at GS-9: Complete Level I requirements and one of the following:

All requirements for a master’s degree or equivalent

2 full years of graduate education

(Desired) Beginning graduate studies leading to a master’s degree in accounting, business administration,

management, or a related field

(Desired) Professional certification (CPA, CMA, CIA, CISA)

EXPERIENCE

Auditing experience of increasing complexity and responsibility

(Desired) Experience performing increasingly complex audits for normal progression and with increasing

independence

TRAINING

Complete one of the following courses:

AUD 1320 Intermediate Contract Auditing [JR7]

AUD 4120 Statistical Sampling [QP0]

AUD 4230 Graphic, Computational, and Improvement Curve Analysis Techniques [QPC]

(Desired) Any of the following courses: *

AUD 6220 Auditor Interview and Interpersonal Reactions [PA3]

AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop [PA4]

AUD 5653 Computer Assisted Audit Techniques

AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards

AUD 5614 Fundamentals of Auditing Information Systems

T he mandatory education, experience, and training requirements for the Auditing career field apply to

contract auditors. Persons in this career field perform contract auditing, accounting, and financial advisory

services to DoD and other government agencies in negotiation, administration, and settlement of contracts and subcontracts. Duties include evaluating information about contractor economic assertions, comparing

those assertions to established criteria, and reporting the results to interested third parties. Some reasons for

audits include proposal submissions, incurred cost, compliance with the “Truth in Negotiations Act,” compliance

with Cost Accounting Standards, contract terminations, claims for abnormal conditions, contractor financial condition, and contractor systems and operations. (For information on Auditing courses not listed in Chapter 3 of

this Catalog, contact the Defense Contract Auditing Institute at (901) 325-6100.)

*For information on Auditing courses not listed in Chapter 4 of this Catalog, contact the Defense Contract Auditing Institute at (901) 325-6100.
97

APPENDIX B

Level III

EDUCATION

Complete Level II requirements

(Desired) master’s degree in accounting, business administration, management, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

Meet all Level I and II requirement qualification standards from OPM Qualification Standards Handbook.

Supervisory auditors also must meet additional OPM qualifications.

(Desired) Assignments in a variety of organizational settings

TRAINING

AUD 8562 DCAA Personnel Management Policy [CBJ]

(Mandatory for all supervisory personnel.)

(Desired) Complete any of the following courses:*

AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher

AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for Supervisors

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

AUDITING (Continued)

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

*For information on Auditing courses not listed in Chapter 3 of this Catalog, contact the Defense Contract Auditing Institute at (901) 325-6100.
98

APPENDIX B

BUSINESS, COST ESTIMATING, AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, or financial management

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

Complete two of the following courses:

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis [Q1A]

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management [Q1B]

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management [PGC]

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, or financial management

(Desired) An additional 2 years of experience in business, cost estimating, and financial management

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies [Q2A]

Complete ONE of the following courses (not previously taken at Level I):

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis [Q1A]

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management [Q1B]

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management [PGC]

Complete ONE of the following courses (related to specific job duties):

BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management [Q2G]

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis [Q2B]

BCF 211 (Parts A & B) Acquisition Business Management [RG4 & RG5]

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree with 24 semester hours in accounting, business finance, law, contracts, purchasing,

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

(Desired) master’s degree

EXPERIENCE

4 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, or financial management

(Desired) An additional 4 years of acquisition experience in business, cost estimating, or financial management

TRAINING

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop [BZF]

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

T his career field encompasses all aspects of business financial management. It includes cost analysis, financial planning, formulating financial programs and budgets, budget analysis and execution, and earned

value management. As advisors to commanders, program executive officers, program managers, or other

acquisition decision makers, registrants in this career field are responsible for business financial management

of defense acquisition programs in direct support of the defense acquisition process.
99

APPENDIX B

Level I

EDUCATION 1

Baccalaureate degree

At least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial

management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and management

EXPERIENCE

1 year of contracting experience

TRAINING

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements [JHE] 2

CON 110 Mission Support Planning [BE0]

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution [BE8]

CON 112 Mission Performance Assessment [BE9]

CON 120 Mission Focused Contracting [JHN]

1 Elective 3

Note: For students enrolled in CON 101 by 1 September 2004, CON 104A and CON 104B must be completed

during FY05 for Level I certification (due to deployment of new curriculum).

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

1

See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions and waivers).

2

CON 100 is desired but not mandatory for employees who completed CON 101 and/or CON 104 before 1 October 2002 (date CON 100 was

deployed). 3

As agreed to by the supervisor, electives may be any training opportunities related to the employee’s job or necessary for career development

or for cross training. Electives may include no-cost distance learning or other training opportunities, assignment-specific courses funded by DAU/

DACM, or other training opportunities funded by the student’s organization.

CONTRACTING

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

T he Contracting career field includes the positions of contract negotiator, contract specialist, contract termination specialist, contract administrator, procurement analyst, administrative contracting officer, procuring

contracting officer, contract price and/or cost analyst, contracting officer, and termination contracting officer.

Individuals in this career field develop, manage, supervise, or perform procedures involving the procurement

of supplies and services; construction, research, and development; acquisition planning; cost and price analysis;

solicitation and selection of sources; preparation, negotiation, and award of contracts; all phases of contract

administration; and termination or closeout of contracts. Employees are required to have knowledge of the

legislation, policies, regulations, and methods used in contracting, as well as knowledge of business and industry practices, sources of supply, cost factors, cost and price analysis techniques, and general requirements

characteristics.

As business advisors, contracting specialists create effective, efficient, and proper business arrangements, have

a strategic focus on acquisition, and leverage DoD spending to use taxpayers’ money prudently based upon

customers’ needs.

(“CONTRACTING” is continued on the next page.)
100

APPENDIX B

CONTRACTING (Continued)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Level II

EDUCATION 1

Baccalaureate degree

At least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial

management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and management

(Desired) Graduate studies in business administration or procurement

EXPERIENCE

2 years of contracting experience

(Desired) An additional 2 years of contracting experience

TRAINING

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting [PGE]

CON 204 Intermediate Contract Pricing [BU6]

CON 210 Government Contract Law [BDP]

2 Electives 3

Level III

EDUCATION 1

Baccalaureate degree

At least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial

management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and management

(Desired) master’s degree in business administration or procurement

EXPERIENCE

4 years of contracting experience

(Desired) An additional 4 years of contracting experience

TRAINING

CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support [JHI]

2 Electives 3

(Desired) 2 weeks of management and leadership training

(Not currently provided by DAU. See your local training-support office.)

1

See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions and waivers).

3

As agreed to by the supervisor, electives may be any training opportunities related to the employee’s job or necessary for career development

or for cross training. Electives may include no-cost distance learning or other training opportunities, assignment-specific courses funded by DAU/

DACM, or other training opportunities funded by the student’s organization.
101

APPENDIX B

FACILITIES ENGINEERING

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community

planning, business, or related fields

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community

planning, business, or related fields 

(Desired) 9 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial

management, quantitative methods, or organization and management

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

(Desired) An additional 2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5] (if not completed at Level I)

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering [JHM]

Level III

Certification requirements for Level III will be established when the appropriate training becomes available. Courses

are currently being developed and will be available in FY06.

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

T he Facilities Engineering career field encompasses a variety of professional individuals with diverse skills

focused on the design, construction, and life cycle maintenance of military installations, facilities, civil

works projects, airfields, roadways, and ocean facilities. It involves all facets of life cycle management

from planning through disposal, including design, construction, environmental protection, base operations and

support, housing, real estate, and real property maintenance. Additional duties include advising or assisting

commanders and acting as, or advising, program managers and other officials as necessary in executing all

aspects of their responsibilities for facility management and the mitigation/elimination of environmental impact in direct support of the defense acquisition process.
102

APPENDIX B

INDUSTRIAL/CONTRACT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts,

purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and

management

EXPERIENCE

1 year of experience in acquisition

TRAINING

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements [JHE] 1

CON 110 Mission Support Planning [BE0]

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution [BE8]

CON 112 Mission Performance Assessment [BE9]

CON 120 Mission Focused Contracting [JHN]

IND 100 Contract Property Administration and Disposition Fundamentals [BZP]

IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals [BRL]

1 Elective 2

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

1

CON 100 is desired but not mandatory for employees who completed CON 101 and/or CON 104 before 1 October 2002 (date CON 100 was

deployed). 2

As agreed to by the supervisor, electives may be any training opportunities related to the employee’s job or necessary for career development

or for cross training. Electives may include no-cost distance learning or other training opportunities, assignment-specific courses funded by DAU/

DACM, or other training opportunities funded by the student’s organization.

T his career field includes the industrial property management specialist, property administrator, industrial

plant clearance specialist, plant clearance officer, and contract and industrial specialist (if assigned property

management responsibilities). Individuals in this career field include personnel who perform, manage, supervise, or develop policies and procedures for government property. It may involve the acquisition, control,

management, use, and disposition of government-owned property used by contractors or for storage to support future contractual requirements.

Responsibilities include providing guidance, counsel, and direction to government and contractor managers

and technicians relating to regulatory and contractual requirements for managing government property; participating in pre-award surveys and post-award reviews; reviewing contracts assigned for property administration; evaluating a contractor’s property management system; and developing and applying property systems

analysis programs to assess the effectiveness of contractors’ government property management systems.

These functions are normally performed by property administrators as part of the contract administration

team and as required by Parts 42.3, 45, and 245 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and Defense FAR

Supplement (DFARS). Plant Clearance Officers are responsible for performing the duties necessary to dispose

of excess and surplus contractor inventory in accordance with Part 45.6 of the FAR and Part 245.6 of the

DFARS requirements.
103

APPENDIX B

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts,

purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and

management

EXPERIENCE

2 years of experience in an industrial property management acquisition position

(Desired) 2 years’ additional experience in industrial property management acquisition

TRAINING

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting [PGE]

CON 210 Government Contract Law [BDP]

IND 200 Intermediate Contract Property Administration and Disposition [BZQ]

2 Electives 2

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree and at least 24 semester hours among accounting, law, business, finance, contracts,

purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and

management

EXPERIENCE

4 years of experience in industrial property management acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and

complexity

(Desired) 4 additional years of experience in industrial property management acquisition

TRAINING

CON 353 Advanced Business Solutions for Mission Support [JHI]

2 Electives 2

INDUSTRIAL/CONTRACT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT (Continued)

2

As agreed to by the supervisor, electives may be any training opportunities related to the employee’s job or necessary for career development

or for cross training. Electives may include no-cost distance learning or other training opportunities, assignment-specific courses funded by DAU/

DACM, or other training opportunities funded by the student’s organization.

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.
104

APPENDIX B

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems,

business administration, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience in information technology

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition [JHD]

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management [JHB]

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business

administration, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience, at least 1 year of this experience must be in information technology

(Desired) An additional 2 years of information technology acquisition experience, preferably in a program office

or similar organization

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition [QN5]

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management [JHC]

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business

administration, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

4 years of information technology or software-intensive systems acquisition experience of which at least 2 years

must be in a program office or similar organization (dedicated matrix support to a PM or PEO, DCMA Program

Integrator, or Supervisor of Shipbuilding)

(Desired) 4 additional years of information technology acquisition experience

TRAINING

IRM 303 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition [BZE]

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management [BU9]

(Desired) PMT 352 (Parts A & B) Program Management Office Course [BZH & BZJ]

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

T his career field includes computer scientists, information technology management specialists, computer

engineers, telecommunications managers, etc., who directly support the acquisition of information technology. This may include hardware, software, or firmware products used to create, record, produce, store,

retrieve, process, transmit, disseminate, present, or display data or information. The employee identifies requirements; writes and/or reviews specifications; identifies costs; obtains resources (manpower, funding, and

training); and tests, evaluates, plans, obtains, and manages life cycle development and support (operations,

maintenance, and replacement).
105

APPENDIX B

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals [JR1]

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals [JHF]

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

(Desired) Completion of graduate-level classes in Systems Design and Operational Effectiveness (SDOE) or similar

systems engineering/technical education as part of a certificate program

(Desired) Completion of graduate-level classes in Business Administration to include Supply Chain Management

as part of a certificate program

EXPERIENCE

2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of DoD weapons/materiel systems

(Desired) An additional 2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of DoD weapons/materiel systems

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

LOG 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Acquisition Logistics [RGS & RGT]

LOG 235 (Parts A & B) Performance Based Logistics [JHL & RGY]

(Desired) One or more intermediate (Level II) DAU courses or fulfillment in Systems Engineering or Program

Management

LIFE CYCLE LOGISTICS

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

T he Life Cycle Logistics career field includes professionals responsible for planning, development, implementation, and management of a comprehensive, affordable, and effective systems support strategy.

Life cycle logisticians have principal roles during the acquisition and operational sustainment phases of

the weapon or materiel systems life cycle to: (1) ensure product support strategies meet the program goals

for operational effectiveness, optimize readiness, and facilitate iterative technology enhancements during

the systems life cycle; (2) ensure supportability requirements are addressed consistently with cost, schedule,

and performance; (3) perform an integral role in systems engineering to ensure supportability considerations

are implemented during systems design; and (4) plan and develop performance-based logistics initiatives as

the preferred approach to product support. Life cycle logistics is a core program management function that

ensures the integration of all support elements to maximize deployability, supportability, and mobility of

the system throughout the program life cycle. They can work directly in a program management office, in

support of the program manager, or in other supporting logistics activity offices.
106

APPENDIX B

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) master’s degree in Systems Design and Operational Effectiveness (SDOE) or similar systems

engineering/technical education or

(Desired) master’s degree in Business Administration to include Supply Chain Management

EXPERIENCE

4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of DoD weapons/materiel systems

(Desired) An additional 4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of DoD weapons/materiel systems

TRAINING

LOG 304 Executive Life Cycle Logistics Management [AH1]

(Desired) One or more advanced (Level III) DAU course(s) or fulfillment in Systems Engineering or Program

Management

LIFE CYCLE LOGISTICS (Continued)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.
107

APPENDIX B

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

PRODUCTION, QUALITY AND MANUFACTURING

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or

production management, industrial technology or management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

(Desired) At least 4 weeks’ (cumulative) rotational assignments at a contractor and/or government industrial

facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, and contracting

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

PQM 101 Production, Quality and Manufacturing Fundamentals [BU2]

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics,

manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or management, business, quality assurance,

or a related field

(Desired) master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

(Desired) At least 4 weeks’ (cumulative) rotational assignments at a contractor and/or government industrial facility

that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, and contracting (if not completed at Level I)

(Desired) 2 additional years of experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

PQM 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Production, Quality and Manufacturing [BZK & BZL]

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics,

manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or management, business, quality assurance,

or a related field

(Desired) master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

At least 4 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

(Desired) 4 additional years of experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

TRAINING

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality and Manufacturing [HV2]

(Desired) One advanced seminar in current acquisition management issues

(Not currently provided by DAU. See your local training-support office.)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Acquisition-related manufacturing and production duties vary greatly in managerial, administrative, and

technical content; but they usually involve program management or monitoring of the manufacturing

and production efforts of contractors. The quality assurance specialist manages quality assurance activities to establish essential quality standards and controls. This person also develops and executes plans that

focus on quality of design and conformance and fitness for use; integrates quality plans into the system engineering process; and develops policies, procedures, test provisions, and quality requirements in specifications,

standards, and solicitations. Using design reviews, functional and configuration audits, production readiness reviews, and milestone reviews, the specialist evaluates quality assurance during acquisition.
108

APPENDIX B

PROGRAM MANAGEMENT

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, or business

administration

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

(Desired) ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

(Desired) One DAU Level 100 course in another functional area

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management,

business administration, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience; at least 1 year of this experience must be in program management

(Desired) An additional 2 years of acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar

organization

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

PMT 250 Program Management Tools [PGM]

(Desired) One DAU Level 200 course in another functional area

(Desired) Intermediate-level management and leadership training

(Not currently provided by DAU. See your local training-support office.)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Acquisition professionals in the Program Management career field are concerned with all of the functions

of a Program Management Office (PMO) or a Program Executive Office (PEO). Program management professionals serve in a wide range of PMO and PEO positions, including program integrators and analysts,

program managers, program executive officers, and their deputies. They may also serve in a number of support and management positions throughout the workforce. The fundamental responsibilities of the program

manager are to balance the many factors that influence cost, schedule, and performance; to interpret and

tailor application of the DoD 5000 Series regulations; and to ensure that high quality, affordable, supportable,

and effective defense systems are delivered to the warfighter as quickly as possible.
109

APPENDIX B

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) Meet one of the following criteria:

At least 24 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, contracts, purchasing, economics,

industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and organization and management (DANTES or

CLEP equivalency exams may be substituted.)

At least 24 semester hours in the individual’s career field and 12 semester credit hours in the disciplines listed

above

(Desired) master’s degree in engineering, systems acquisition management, business administration, or a related

field

EXPERIENCE

4 years of acquisition experience:

At least 2 years of this experience must be in a program office or similar organization (dedicated matrix

support to a PM or PEO, DCMA Program Integrator, or Supervisor of Shipbuilding)

At least 1 year of this experience must be in a program management position with cost, schedule, and

performance responsibilities

(Desired) 2 additional years of acquisition experience

TRAINING

PMT 352 (Parts A & B) Program Management Office Course [BZH & BZJ]

PROGRAM MANAGEMENT (Continued)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard
110

APPENDIX B

Level I

EDUCATION

(Desired) 16 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

EXPERIENCE

1 year of experience in purchasing

TRAINING

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements [JHE] 1

CON 110 Mission Support Planning [BE0]

CON 111 Mission Strategy Execution [BE8]

CON 112 Mission Performance Assessment [BE9]

CON 120 Mission Focused Contracting [JHN]

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures [PAS] (or students may elect to take the Simplified Acquisition

Procedures continuous learning module available at http://clc.dau.mil).

1 Elective 2

Level II

EDUCATION

(Desired) 32 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

EXPERIENCE

2 years of experience in purchasing

TRAINING

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting [PGE]

2 Electives 2

Level III

EDUCATION

(Desired) 64 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

EXPERIENCE

3 years of experience in purchasing

TRAINING

2 Electives 2

PURCHASING

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

1

CON 100 is desired but not mandatory for employees who completed CON 101 and/or CON 104 before 1 October 2002 (date CON 100 was

deployed). 2

As agreed to by the supervisor, electives may be any training opportunities related to the employee’s job or necessary for career development

or for cross training. Electives may include no-cost distance learning or other training opportunities, assignment-specific courses funded by DAU/

DACM, or other training opportunities funded by the student’s organization.

I

ndividuals in the Purchasing career field are typically purchasing agents or supervisory purchasing agents.

This function requires the individuals to purchase, rent, or lease supplies, services, and equipment through

either formal open-market methods or formal competitive bid procedures. The primary objective of their

work is the rapid delivery of goods and services in direct support of operational requirements. It requires knowledge of commercial supply sources and of common business practices for roles, prices, discounts, deliveries,

stocks, and shipments.
111

APPENDIX B

 SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND

ENGINEERING—SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGER

Level I

None

Level II

EDUCATION

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition-related experience in science and technology

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

 STM 201 Intermediate S&T Management [JHZ]

Level III

EDUCATION

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

(Desired) master’s degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research,

management, or a related field

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition-related experience in science and technology

TRAINING

STM 302 Advanced S&T Management [PGR]

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Personnel in this field are usually engineers and scientists who perform systems planning, research and development, and/or other engineering tasks. These individuals, who directly support acquisition programs,

projects, or activities, may include managers or technical specialists in engineering, chemistry, physics, operations research, mathematics, and computer science fields. These positions require the incumbent to plan,

organize, monitor, oversee, and/or perform engineering activities that relate to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, or analysis of systems or system components. Duties may require identification, establishment, organization, or implementation of acquisition engineering objectives and policies or establishment of specifications.

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard
112

APPENDIX B

SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND

ENGINEERING—SYSTEMS ENGINEERING

Level I

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

At least 10 years of acquisition experience in Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering (as

of 1 October 1991)

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience in science or engineering

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

Level II

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

At least 10 years of acquisition experience in Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering (as

of 1October 1991)

(Desired) master’s degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research,

management, or a related field

(Desired) 9 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management,

quantitative methods, or organization and management (DANTES or CLEP exams may be substituted.)

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience in science or engineering

(Desired) An additional 2 years of acquisition experience in science or engineering

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

SYS 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering [RGW & RGX]

(Desired) A DAU Level 200 or Level 100 course mandatory for Life Cycle Logistics; Program Management;

Production, Quality and Manufacturing; Information Technology; or Test and Evaluation

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Personnel in this field are usually engineers and scientists who perform systems planning, research and development, and/or other engineering tasks. These individuals, who directly support acquisition programs,

projects, or activities, may include managers or technical specialists in engineering, chemistry, physics, operations research, mathematics, and computer science fields. These positions require the incumbent to plan,

organize, monitor, oversee, and/or perform engineering activities that relate to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, or analysis of systems or system components. Duties may require identification, establishment, organization, or implementation of acquisition engineering objectives and policies or establishment of specifications.
113

APPENDIX B

 SYSTEMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND

ENGINEERING—SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (CONTINUED)

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

Level III

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, or a related field

At least 10 years of acquisition experience in Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering (as

of 1 October 1991)

(Desired) Advanced degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research,

management, or a related field

(Desired) 12 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management,

quantitative methods, or organization and management (DANTES or CLEP exams may be substituted.)

EXPERIENCE

4 years of acquisition experience in science or engineering

(Desired) 4 additional years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity

TRAINING

SYS 301 Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering [HV1]

(Desired) Any mandatory DAU Level 200 or Level 300 course in Life Cycle Logistics; Program Management;

Production, Quality and Manufacturing; Information Technology; or Test and Evaluation

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard
114

APPENDIX B

Mandatory standard Desired standard No standard set Option for meeting mandatory standard Option for meeting desired standard

Level I

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree with 24 semester hours or equivalent in physical science, mathematics, chemistry,

engineering, physics, biology, operations research, or a related field

At least 10 years of experience in acquisition positions (as of 1 October 1991)

EXPERIENCE

1 year of acquisition experience (T&E experience or experience with a technical orientation in an acquisition

position is preferred.)

TRAINING

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management [BU5]

TST 101 Introduction to Acquisition Workforce Test and Evaluation [PC5]

Level II

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree with 24 semester hours or equivalent in physical science, mathematics, chemistry,

engineering, physics, biology, operations research, or a related field

At least 10 years of experience in acquisition positions (as of 1 October 1991)

(Desired) master’s degree in one of the above fields

(Desired) Two 3-CEU technical courses in a test and evaluation specialty area

(Desired) Meet Acquisition Corps education requirements

EXPERIENCE

2 years of acquisition experience, of which at least 1 year is test and evaluation experience

(Desired) 4 years of acquisition experience, of which 2 years is test and evaluation experience

TRAINING

ACQ 201 (Parts A & B) Intermediate Systems Acquisition [JHJ & JHK]

TST 202 Intermediate Test and Evaluation [QMI]

Level III

EDUCATION

 Meet one of the following criteria:

Baccalaureate degree with 24 semester hours or equivalent in physical science, mathematics, chemistry,

engineering, physics, biology, operations research, or a related field

At least 10 years of experience in acquisition positions (as of 1 October 1991)

(Desired) At least 12 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, contracts, purchasing,

economics, industrial management, marketing, business, quantitative methods, or organization and

management (DANTES or CLEP exams may be substituted.)

(Desired) master’s degree in physical science, mathematics, chemistry, engineering, physics, biology, operations

research, or a related field

(Desired) One 3-CEU technical course (in addition to those required at Level II) in a test and evaluation specialty area

EXPERIENCE

4 years of acquisition experience, of which at least 2 years is test and evaluation experience

(Desired) 8 years of acquisition experience, of which at least 4 years is test and evaluation experience

TRAINING

TST 301 Advanced Test and Evaluation [QL9]

TEST AND EVALUATION

The certification standards published in this Catalog are effective 1 October 2004. Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Check the online Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog for current information on certification standards and courses.

I

ndividuals who work in this field are usually engineers, scientists, operations researchers, computer scientists, and other degree-holding technical personnel who perform test and evaluation tasks in support of acquisition. The field includes managers and technical specialists in engineering, physics, operations research,

mathematics, and computer science fields. They are responsible for planning, monitoring, conducting, and evaluating tests of prototype, new, or modified weapon systems equipment or materiel. Individuals also analyze, assess, and evaluate test data and results; prepare assessments of the data; and write reports of the findings.
115

APPENDIX C

COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY EQUIVALENCIES

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates

Athens State University, (formerly Athens College), 300 N. Beaty Street, Athens, AL 35611, Dr. Robert Gulbro,

(256) 233-8116

CON 101 ..................... PR 394 Introduction to Procurement........................................................................ 9/18/98—9/18/01

Bowie State University, 14000 Jericho Road, Bowie, MD 20715-9465, Dr. Shelton Rhodes, (301) 860-4000

CON 101 ..................... CON 101 Fundamentals of Contracting ................................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 104 .................... CON 104 Fundamentals of Contract Pricing .......................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 202 .................... CON 202 Intermediate Contracting .......................................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 204 .................... CON 204 Intermediate Contract Pricing .................................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 210 ..................... CON 210 Government Contract Law........................................................................ 9/18/98—9/18/03

College of Southern Maryland, (formerly Charles County Community College), P.O. Box 910, LaPlata, MD 20646-0910,

Mr. Rex Bishop, (301) 934-7518

CON 101 ..................... BAD 1451 Fundamentals of Contracting I .............................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/05 { BAD 1461 Fundamentals of Contracting II ............................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/05

CON 104 .................... BAD 1471 Fundamentals of Contract Pricing......................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/06 { BAD 1481 Negotiations ................................................................................................ 9/18/98—9/18/06

CON 210 ..................... BAD 1465 Government Contract Law ..................................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 211 ..................... BAD 1485/1486 Intermediate Contracting ........................................................... Taken Prior to 10/1/94

Florida Institute of Technology, 1501 Robert J. Conlan Blvd. NE, Suite 140, Palm Bay, FL 32905, (321) 729-9774

CON 104 .................... MGT 5214 Cost Principles, Effectiveness and Control ........................................ 9/18/98—9/18/06 { MGT 5218 Negotiations and Incentive Contracts ................................................ 9/18/98—9/18/06

CON 104 .................... BUS 5214 Advanced Procurement and Contract Management....................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { BUS 5218 Contract Negotiation Incentive Contracts .......................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... MAN 5231 Government Contract Law .................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 210 ..................... MGT 5231 Government Contract Law .................................................................... 7/23/98—9/18/06

CON 211 ..................... MAN 5211 Procurement and Contract Management Pre-Award .................... Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... MAN 5212 Advanced Procurement and Contract Management ..................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Appendix C—Equivalencies

Several training providers offer courses that have

been certified equivalent to DAU curriculum

courses and can be used to meet the requirements of the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA). The following matrix provides a summary of these courses and the training

providers that offer them. It is important to note that

these courses must have been completed during the

specified effective dates. For more information on

these equivalencies, contact Mr. Corey Davis at

(703) 805-3576 or corey.davis@dau.mil. For updates

go to http://www.dau.mil/catalog/default.aspx and

then select Appendix C—Equivalencies.

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.
116

APPENDIX C

George Washington University; The School of Business and Public Management; Department of Marketing,

Logistics, and Operations Management; 2121 I Street NW; Washington, DC 20052; (202) 994-6380

CON 101 ..................... Pricing and Negotiation ................................................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... Procurement and Contracting ..................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... Government Contract Administration...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Georgia College and State University, Logistics Education Center, 620 Ninth Street, Robbins Air Force Base, GA

31098-2232, Mr. Bobby Graham

CON 201 .................... Government Contract Law .......................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Massachusetts Bay Community College, 50 Oakland Street, Wellesley Hills, MA 02481, (781) 239-3000

CON 101 ..................... GPC 101 Intro to Gov’t Contracts Procurement/Contract Mgmt ..................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... GPC 201 Government Contract Cost and Price Analysis................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... GPC 205 Government Contract Law........................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Middlesex Community College, 33 Kearney Square, Lowell, MA 01852-1987, Ms. Judith Burke, (978) 656-3143

CON 101 ..................... BU 1112 Management of Defense Acquisition Contracts ................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... BU 8140 Principles of Contract Pricing .................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { BU 1113 Contract Negotiation ................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... BU 1106 Government Contract Law ........................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Northern Virginia Community College, Business Division, Alexandria Campus, 3001 N. Beauregard Street,

Alexandria, VA 22311, Mr. Ron Wheeler, (703) 845-6313

CON 101 ..................... ACQ 121 Intro to Procurement and Contract Acquisition Management I ....... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—5/15/02 { ACQ 122 Intro to Procurement and Contract Acquisition Management II ...... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—5/15/02

CON 104 .................... ACQ 216 Cost and Price Analysis .............................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—2/13/04 { ACQ 218 Negotiations of Contracts and Contract Modifications .................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—2/13/07

CON 201 .................... ACQ 215 Contract Law .................................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 202 .................... ACQ 221 Advanced Acquisition and Procurement Management I ................. 9/18/98—2/13/07 { ACQ 222 Advanced Acquisition and Procurement Management II ............... 9/18/98—2/13/07

CON 204 .................... ACQ 295 Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis .................................................... 9/18/98—2/13/07

CON 210 ..................... ACQ 215 Contract Law .................................................................................................. 5/24/99—2/13/07

CON 211 ..................... ACQ 221 Advanced Acquisition and Procurement Management I ................. Taken Prior to 10/1/94 { ACQ 222 Advanced Acquisition and Procurement Management II ............... Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... ACQ 235 Intermediate Post-Award Contracting.................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Pensacola Junior College, Warrington Campus, 5555 West Highway 98, Pensacola, FL 32507, (850) 484-2347

CON 101 ..................... PAD 1861 Acquisition and Procurement I ............................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { PAD 1862 Acquisition and Procurement II.............................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... PAD 2886 Contract Pricing and Negotiation I ....................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { PAD 2867 Contract Pricing and Negotiation II ...................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... PAD 1630 Government Contract Law...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... PAD 1863 Acquisition and Procurement III ............................................................ Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... PAD 1864 Acquisition and Procurement IV ............................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates
117

APPENDIX C

Richard Bland College of the College of William and Mary, 11301 Johnson Road, Petersburg, VA 23805,

Dr. Anne-Marie McCartan, (804) 862-6244

CON 101 ..................... BUS 253A Acquisition Part I ........................................................................................ 9/18/98—9/18/03 { BUS 253B Acquisition Part II ....................................................................................... 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 104 .................... BUS 255A Principles of Contract Pricing I .............................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/03 { BUS 255B Principles of Contract Pricing II ............................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/03

CON 201 .................... BUS 256 Contract Law.................................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 210 ..................... BUS 256 Contract Law.................................................................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/03

St. Mary’s College of Maryland, 18952 East Fisher Road, St. Mary’s City, MD 20686-3001, Ms. Kathy Grimes, (240) 895-7323

BCF 101 ...................... Basic Cost Estimating ..................................................................................................... 3/16/04—3/16/07

San Diego City College, Business Division, 1313 Twelfth Avenue, San Diego, CA 92101, Mr. Jim Conrad, (619) 532-3439

CON 101 ................... Business 160 MDACC Basic Part I ............................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—9/18/01 { Business 162 MDACC Basic Part II ............................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/18/98—9/18/01

CON 104 .................... Business 164 Principles of Contract Pricing and Negotiation I ....................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { Business 166 Principles of Contract Pricing and Negotiation II ...................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... Business 168 Government Contract Law ............................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 202 .................... Business 168 and 170 Intermediate Contracting ................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/01

CON 211 ..................... Business 170 MDACC Advanced I ............................................................................. Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... Advanced Contract Administration ........................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Santa Ana College (formerly Rancho Santiago College), Garden Grove Center, 11277 Garden Grove Blvd.,

Garden Grove, CA 92843-1337, Mr. Don Bargabus, (714) 564-5531

CON 101 ..................... Management of Defense Acquisition Contracts I ................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... Principles of Contract Pricing ...................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... Government Contract Law .......................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... Management of Defense Acquisition Contracts II ................................................ Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... Advanced Contract Administration ........................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Tidewater Community College, Portsmouth Campus, 7000 College Drive, Portsmouth, VA 23703, Ms. Betty Hill,

(757) 822-2301

CON 101 ..................... ACQ 121 Intro to Procurement and Acquisition Management I ...................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { ACQ 122 Intro to Procurement and Acquisition Management II .................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... ACQ 231 Principles of Pricing and Negotiations I ................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { ACQ 232 Principles of Pricing and Negotiations II .............................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... ACQ 215 Contract Law .................................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... ACQ 221 Advanced Procurement and Acquisition Management I ................. Taken Prior to 10/1/94

University of California, Irvine, University Extension, P.O. Box 6050, Irvine, CA 92697, Ms. Angela Jeantet,

(949) 824-4661

CON 104 .................... Financial Aspects of Contract Management and

Contract Acquisition and Negotiation .................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... Principles of Contract Formation & Contract Law:

Performances & Remedies ....................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates
118

APPENDIX C

University of Central Florida, College of Business Admin., Department of Management, 4000 Central Florida Blvd.,

Building 45, Orlando, FL 32816-1400, (407) 823-5569

CON 101 ..................... Introduction to Federal Acquisition ........................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... Cost and Price Analysis and Contract Negotiations ............................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... Government Contract Law .......................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... Contract Administration (Post-Award) ...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

University of Dallas, Graduate School of Mgmt., Industrial Management Dept., 1845 East Northgate Drive, Irving, TX

75062, Dr. David Gordon, (972) 721-5354

CON 101 ..................... MGT 6380 Pre-Award Procurement ......................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... MGT 6348 Contract Pricing and Negotiation ........................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... MGT 6381 Procurement Law ...................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... MGT 6382 Post-Award Procurement........................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

University of the District of Columbia, School of Business and Public Administration, 4200 Connecticut Avenue NW,

Building 52, Suite 508, Washington, DC 20008, (202) 274-7000

CON 101 ..................... 0211-305 The Federal Acquisition Systems ........................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... 0211-406 Cost and Price Analysis ............................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... 0211-408 Procurement Law ....................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... 0211-306 Public Contracts ........................................................................................... Taken Prior to 10/1/94

IND 101 ...................... 0211-405 Government Property Management.................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

University of Indianapolis, School of Business, 1400 East Hanna Avenue, Indianapolis, IN 46227-3697,

Dr. James Conrad, (317) 788-3378

CON 101 ..................... Principles of Procurement ............................................................................................ Taken Prior to 9/30/97

CON 104 .................... Cost and Price Principles and Contract Negotiations .......................................... Taken Prior to 9/30/97

CON 201 .................... Government Contract Law .......................................................................................... Taken Prior to 9/30/97

CON 221 .................... Advanced Contract Administration ........................................................................... Taken Prior to 9/30/97

University of Phoenix, Academic Program Manager, 4615 East Elwood Street, Phoenix, AZ 85040, (480) 966-5394

CON 101 ..................... GCM 601 Principles of the Acquisition Process .................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... GCM 603 Principles of Contract Pricing, Estimating, and Analysis ................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { GCM 607 Government Contract Negotiation Techniques ................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... GCM 606 Government Contract Law ...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... GCM 604 Management of Government Acquisition Contracts ...................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

University of St. Thomas, 2115 Summit Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55105, Mr. Joseph R. Clements, (651) 962-5192

CON 101 ..................... MBGC 701 Principles of Procurement...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... MBGC 702 Pricing and Negotiation ......................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... MBGC 703 Advanced Contract Administration .................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates
119

APPENDIX C

University of Virginia, Div. of Continuing Education, 7054 Haycock Road, Falls Church, VA 22043, Ms. Carol Beechler,

(703) 536-1136

CON 101 ..................... PC 401 Procurement and Contracting...................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 101 ..................... PC 401 Procurement and Contract Management (Resident Version) ............ 9/20/00—7/20/06

CON 101 ..................... PC 401W Procurement and Contracting (Internet Version) .............................. 6/1/03—7/21/06

CON 104 .................... PC 403 Cost and Price Analysis ................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/1/00—12/14/06 { PC 405 Negotiation of Contracts and Modifications .......................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

9/1/00—12/14/06

CON 104 .................... PC 403W Cost and Price Analysis (Internet Version) .......................................... 9/1/01—9/27/05 { PC 405 Negotiation of Contracts and Modifications .......................................... 9/1/00—9/27/05

CON 201 .................... PC 404 Principles of Law for Contract Formation ............................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 202 .................... PC 504 Advanced Contract Formation and Admin. (Resident Version) ........ 3/24/03—10/3/06

CON 204 .................... PC 502 Advanced Cost and Price Analysis ............................................................. 9/1/00—2/11/06

CON 210 ..................... PC 506 Federal Acquisition Case Studies ................................................................ 9/6/00—8/16/06

CON 210 ..................... PC 404 Government Contract Law (Resident Version) ...................................... 6/1/03—7/23/06

CON 210 ..................... PC 404W Government Contract Law (Internet Version) ................................... 6/1/03—7/23/06

CON 221 .................... PC 402 Contract Administration ................................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

University of West Florida, Div. of Administrative Studies, 11000 University Parkway, Pensacola, FL 32514-0102,

Dr. Kato Keeton, (850) 474-2184

CON 101 ..................... PAD 5855 Acquisition Management ........................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... PAD 5857 Cost and Pricing.......................................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { PAD 5853 Contract Negotiation ................................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... PAD 5854 Government Contract Law ..................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 221 .................... PAD 5852 Advanced Contract Administration ...................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

Webster University, 470 East Lockwood Avenue, St. Louis, MO 63119-3194, Dr. Joseph F. Olszewski, (314) 968-6972

CON 101 ..................... PROC 5000 Procurement and Acquisition Management .................................. 9/18/98—9/18/05

CON 104 .................... PMG 583 Pricing ............................................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { PMG 584 Negotiations ................................................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... PROC 5830 Pricing ......................................................................................................... 9/18/99—3/6/07 { PROC 5840 Negotiations ............................................................................................. 9/18/99—3/6/07

CON 201 .................... PMG 589 Government Procurement Law .............................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 210 ..................... PROC 5890 Government Contract Law .................................................................. 9/18/98—9/18/06

West Coast University, 4021 Rosewood Avenue, 3rd Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90004, (877) 505-4928

CON 201 .................... BMGT 575 Legal Issues in Acquisition .................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... BMGT 574 Contract Administration ......................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... BMGT 577 Systems Acquisition and Program Management ........................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates
120

APPENDIX C

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.

Western New England College, Off-Campus Division:

• Devens Center, Sherman Square Technology Park, 94 Jackson Road, Suite 211, Devens, MA 01432

• Hanscom Center, ABG/DPE, Building 1728, Hanscom Air Force Base, MA 01731-5000

CON 101 ..................... MAN 202 Principles of Acquisition Contracting.................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... MAN 203 Principles of Contract Pricing .................................................................. Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 104 .................... AC 640 Principles of Cost and Price Analysis ........................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97 { MAN 401 Contract Negotiations ................................................................................ Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 201 .................... LS 403 Government Contract Law ........................................................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

CON 211 ..................... LS 692 Principles of Government Contracting ..................................................... Taken Prior to 10/1/94

CON 221 .................... LS 693 Administration of Government Contracts ............................................... Taken Prior to 12/31/97

DoD SCHOOL/FEDERAL AGENCY EQUIVALENCIES

DAU Effective

Course DoD School/Agency Dates

Air Force Institute of Technology (AFIT), (937) 255-7777, DSN: 785-7777

CON 104 .................... CMGT 545 Cost and Price Theory............................................................................. 12/12/94—9/30/98

CON 210 ..................... LAWS 550 Legal Principles of Government Contracting .................................. 12/12/94—9/30/98

LOG 205 .................... LOG 260 Provisioning Management ....................................................................... 8/1/96—9/30/98

Army Logistics Management College (ALMC), (804) 765-4980/4737

ACQ 101 ..................... ALMC-ML Materiel Acquisition Management (MAM) Course ........................... 11/1/96—8/23/02

ACQ 201 ..................... ALMC-ML Materiel Acquisition Management (MAM) Course ........................... 1/1/97—8/23/02

ACQ 101,ACQ 201,

CON 100,CON 101,

CON 104,IRM 101, .. ALMC-QA Army Acquisition Basic Course ............................................................... 1/1/03—9/11/06

LOG 101,PMT 250,

SAM 101,TST 101 }

Army Logistics Management College (ALMC), (804) 765-4980/4737 (CONTINUED)

ACQ 101, ACQ 201,

CON 100, ................... Logistics Executive Development Course (full 17-week version) .................... 5/1/01—6/11/06

LOG 101, LOG 201 }

Information Resources Management College (IRMC), (202) 685-6300

IRM 303 ..................... Advanced Management Program (AMP) ................................................................. 9/1/96—9/30/98

National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), (703) 961-6964

ACQ 101 ..................... FT-032 Acquisition Management Team Training .................................................. 4/26/99—4/17/06

FT-051 NRO Program Management Course ........................................................... 9/18/00—4/17/06

FT-036 Leading the Acquisition Team ...................................................................... 12/13/99—4/17/06

FT-062 Business Financial Management................................................................. 3/19/01—4/17/06

FT-078 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management Supplement .... 4/17/03—4/17/06

DAU Effective

Course College/University Course Dates
121

APPENDIX C

Naval Facilities Acquisition Center for Training (NFACT), (805) 982-2777

CON 101 ..................... CTC CON 101 Basics of Contracting ......................................................................... 6/23/03—6/23/06

Naval Postgraduate School (NPS), (831) 656-2441/2, DSN: 878-2441/2

ACQ 101 ..................... MN 3221 Principles of Acquisition and Program Management I ................... 3/1/96—9/30/01

ACQ 101 .................. MN 3331 Principles of Acquisition and Program Management ...................... 4/1/00—9/30/05

ACQ 201 }

ACQ 101

ACQ 201 .................. MN/GE 3221 & 3222 Principles of Acquisition and Program Mgmt I & II ... 9/30/02—9/30/05

PMT 250 }

ACQ 201 ..................... MN 3222 Principles of Acquisition and Program Management...................... 3/1/96—9/30/01

CON 101 ..................... MN 3303 Principles of Acquisition and Contract Management...................... 10/1/92—9/30/06

CON 104/204 .......... MN 3304 Contract Pricing and Negotiations ........................................................ 10/1/92—9/30/06

CON 202 .................... MN 3315 Acquisition Management and Contract Administration .................. 10/1/92—9/30/06

CON 210 ..................... MN 3312 Contract Law ................................................................................................. 10/1/92—9/30/06

CON 301 .................... MN 2302 Seminar for Acquisition and Contracting Students .......................... 10/1/92—9/30/03

CON 333 .................... MN 4371 Acquisition and Contracting Policy ....................................................... 8/1/97—9/30/03

LOG 304 .................... MN 4470 Strategic Planning & Policy for the Logistics Manager ................... 8/1/97—9/30/06

PMT 250 ................... MN 3331 Principles of Acquisition and Program Management ...................... 7/8/02—9/30/05

PMT 302 .................... Advanced Acquisition Program (AAP) ....................................................................... 2/1/01—9/30/02

PMT 352 .................... Advanced Acquisition Program (AAP) ....................................................................... 10/1/02—10/1/05

PQM 101/201 ........... MN 3384 Principles of Acquisition Production & Quality Management ....... 3/1/97—9/30/06

SAM 201 .................... MN 3309 Acquisition of Embedded Weapon Systems Software .................... 11/1/97—9/30/06

SYS 201 ...................... EO 4011 Systems Engineering for Acquisition Managers ................................. 6/14/96—9/30/06

SYS 301 ...................... MN 4012 Management of Advanced Systems Engineering ............................. 8/4/00—9/30/06

TST 202/301 ............ OS 4601 Test and Evaluation ...................................................................................... 10/1/94—9/30/06

TST 202 ...................... OS 4602 Test and Evaluation Management .......................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/01

Acquisition and Contract Management (815/835) Degree Program

CON 101, 104, 202, 204, 210, 301, 333 ......................................................................................................... 10/1/92—9/30/06

Naval Postgraduate School (NPS), (831) 656-2441/2, DSN: 878-2441/2 (CONTINUED)

Systems Acquisition Management (816/836) Degree Program

ACQ 101 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3/1/96—9/30/05

ACQ 201 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3/1/96—9/30/05

CON 101 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3/1/96—9/30/06

LOG 304 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 8/1/97—9/30/06

PMT 250 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7/8/02—9/30/05

PMT 302 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/02

PMT 352 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 10/1/02—12/17/05

PQM 101 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/06

PQM 201 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/06

SAM 201 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11/1/97—9/30/06

SYS 201 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/06

TST 202 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3/1/96—9/30/06

TST 301 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1/1/97—9/30/06

DAU Effective

Course DoD School/Agency Dates
122

APPENDIX C

Naval Undersea Warfare Center University (NUWCU), (401) 832-6767

ACQ 201 ..................... ACQ 201 Intermediate Acquisition ............................................................................ 5/13/02—9/10/05

SYS 201 ...................... SYS 201 Intermediate Systems Planning,

Research, Development and Engineering ......................................................... 10/1/02—5/5/06

Naval War College, (401) 841-2015, DSN: 948-2015

ACQ 201 ..................... FE 574 Principles of Acquisition and Program Management ........................... 10/1/97—9/30/02

SYS 201 ...................... WE 548 DoD Weapons Systems Development and Deployment ................. 1/11/95—9/30/01

345th Training Squadron, DSN: 472-4936

ACQ 101 ..................... Acquisition Fundamentals (5 Weeks) (L3OQR63A1-001) .................................. 1/11/95—9/30/00

CON 101 ..................... Contracting Fundamentals L3OBR64P1-000) ....................................................... 10/1/00—6/6/06

CON 101 ..................... Contracting Apprentice (L3ABR6C031-005/006) ................................................ 3/1/01—6/6/06 { Contracting Career Development (CDC6C051A/CDC6C051B) ....................... 3/1/01—6/6/06

PUR 101 ..................... Purchasing 101 (L3ABR6C031-005) ......................................................................... 10/1/97—9/30/98

U.S. Air Force Test Pilot School, (661) 277-3131, DSN: 527-3131

TST 202 ...................... Test Pilot, Navigator and Engineer Curriculum ...................................................... 6/1/96—9/30/98

5/1/99—9/30/03

U.S. Army Command and General Staff College, (913) 684-5329

ACQ 201 ..................... A425 Intermediate Systems Acquisition ................................................................. 6/1/99—9/30/02

CON 101 ..................... A423 Contract Fundamentals ..................................................................................... 1/1/97—9/30/02

CON 104 .................... A424 Contract Pricing ................................................................................................... 1/1/97—9/30/02

CON 204 .................... A427 Intermediate Contract Pricing ......................................................................... 6/1/99—9/30/02

CON 210 ..................... U254 Government Contract Law.............................................................................. 6/1/99—9/30/02

IRM 201 A426 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition 6/1/99—

9/30/02

U.S. Army Test and Evaluation Command (ATEC), (703) 695-7389, DSN: 225-7389

TST 202 ......................Army Test and Evaluation Basic Course (TEBC) ........................................................ 3/27/00—8/27/06

U.S. Navy Engineering Duty Officer School, (805) 982-6157

ACQ 101 ................. EDO Basic Course ............................................................................................................ 12/21/95—12/6/06

ACQ 201 } 1/1/97—4/21/06

U.S. Navy Test Pilot School, (301) 342-4131, DSN: 342-4131

TST 101 .................. Test Pilot School .............................................................................................................. 6/1/97—9/30/06

TST 202 } 10/1/96—9/30/98

5/1/99—9/30/06

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.

DAU Effective

Course DoD School/Agency Dates
123

APPENDIX C

CONTRACTOR EQUIVALENCIES

DAU Effective

Course Contractor Course Dates

Atlantic Mgmt. Center, Inc., 6066 Leesburg Pike, Suite 700, Falls Church, VA 22041, (703) 256-0509

CON 100 .................... Providing Effective Business Leadership within the Federal Government .. 6/1/04—6/1/07

CON 301 .................... Executive Contracting Seminar for Federal Civilian Agencies ......................... 10/26/98—7/31/03

BAE Systems, 76 Hammarlund Way, Tech Plaza 3, Middletown, RI 02842-5632, (401) 846-5500

SYS 201 ...................... Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and

Engineering Course ................................................................................................... 6/5/02—6/5/04

SYS 301 ...................... Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development and

Engineering Course ................................................................................................... 11/15/02—11/15/05

Business Management Research Associates, Inc. (BMRA), Fair Oaks Plaza, Suite 440, 11350 Random Hills Road,

Fairfax, VA 22030, (703) 691-0868

Acquisition Planning I.................................................................................................... 3/1/99—12/6/05

CON 101 ..................... Contract Formation I ...................................................................................................... 3/1/99—12/6/05 { Contract Administration I ............................................................................................. 3/1/99—12/6/05

Price Analysis ................................................................................................................... 3/1/99—4/2/07

CON 104 .................... Cost Analysis .................................................................................................................... 3/1/99—4/2/07 { Federal Contract Negotiation Techniques ............................................................... 3/1/99—4/2/07

Acquisition Planning II .................................................................................................. 5/1/01—4/2/07

CON 202 .................... Contract Formation II ..................................................................................................... 5/1/01—4/2/07 { Contract Administration II ............................................................................................ 5/1/01—4/2/07

CON 204 .................... Intermediate Contract Pricing ..................................................................................... 3/1/99—4/2/07

CON 210 ..................... Government Contract Law .......................................................................................... 3/1/99—4/2/07

ESI International, 4301 Fairfax Drive, Suite 800, Arlington, VA 22203, (703) 558-3000

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements................................................................... 1/1/04—1/8/07

Federal Contract Basics ................................................................................................. 2/25/02—2/25/07

CON 101 ..................... Source Selection: The Best Value Process ............................................................... 2/25/02—2/25/07 { Operating Practices in Contract Administration .................................................... 2/25/02—2/25/07

Contract Pricing................................................................................................................ 3/28/02—3/28/07

CON 104 .................... Source Selection: The Best Value Process ............................................................... 3/28/02—3/28/07 { Negotiation Strategies and Techniques ................................................................... 3/28/02—3/28/07
124

APPENDIX C

DAU Effective

Course Contractor Course Dates

Management Concepts, Inc. (MCI), 8230 Leesburg Pike, Suite 800, Vienna, VA 22182, (703) 790-9595

1022 Contract Administration I.................................................................................. 10/1/99—4/2/07

CON 101 ..................... 1112 Contract Formation I ........................................................................................... 10/1/99—4/2/07 { 1111 Acquisition/Procurement Planning I.............................................................. 10/1/99—4/2/07

1166 Price Analysis ........................................................................................................ 10/1/99—4/2/07

CON 104 .................... 1165 Cost Analysis ......................................................................................................... 10/1/99—4/2/07 { 1016 Federal Contract Negotiation Techniques .................................................... 10/1/99—4/2/07

1211 Acquisition/Procurement Planning II ............................................................ 10/1/99—6/15/04

CON 202 .................... 1212 Contract Formation II .......................................................................................... 10/1/99—6/15/07 { 1213 Contract Administration II ................................................................................. 10/1/99—6/15/07

CON 204 .................... 1204 Intermediate Contract Pricing .......................................................................... 3/1/00—6/15/07

CON 210 ..................... 1210 Government Contract Law ............................................................................... 12/1/99—4/2/07

CON 243 .................... 1032 Architect-Engineer Services Contracting ...................................................... 11/1/99—6/15/07

CON 244 .................... 1021 Construction Contracting .................................................................................. 3/1/99—6/15/07

Northwest Procurement Institute, Inc. (NPI), P.O. Box 1328, Edmonds, WA 98020, (425) 776-0414

Acquisition Planning I.................................................................................................... 12/1/01—1/22/07

CON 101 ..................... Contract Formation I ...................................................................................................... 12/1/01—1/22/07 { Contract Administration I ............................................................................................. 12/1/01—1/22/07

Price Analysis ................................................................................................................... 1/1/00—11/28/06

CON 104 .................... Cost Analysis .................................................................................................................... 1/1/00—11/28/06 { Federal Contract Negotiation Techniques ............................................................... 1/1/00—11/28/06

Acquisition Planning II .................................................................................................. 1/1/00—3/6/06

CON 202 .................... Contract Formation II ..................................................................................................... 1/1/00—3/6/06 { Contract Administration II ............................................................................................ 1/1/00—3/6/06

CON 204 .................... Intermediate Contract Pricing ..................................................................................... 10/1/00—10/15/06

CON 210 ..................... Contract Law..................................................................................................................... 1/1/00—12/14/06

CON 243 .................... Architect and Engineering Services........................................................................... 1/1/00—12/21/06

CON 244 .................... Construction Contracting ............................................................................................. 1/1/01—5/5/06

Resource Consultants, Inc. (RCI), 75 James Way, Suite 120, Southampton, PA 18966, (215) 942-0410

LOG 235A.................. Supply Chain Management ............................................................................................ 4/28/04—4/28/07

LOG 235B .................. Product Support and Performance Based Logistics ................................................. 10/4/04—10/4/07

Not-for-Profit Organization Equivalencies

DAU Effective

Course Not-for-Profit Organization Dates

Project Management Institute (PMI)

PMT 250 ....................Project Management Professional (PMP) certification ........................................... 5/4/04—5/3/07

Note: For current information on equivalencies, visit http://www.dau.mil/learning/appg.aspx.
125

APPENDIX D

Appendix D—Continuing Education Units

Acquisition, technology, and logistics employees

may meet professional association continuing

education requirements by taking DAUsponsored courses. DAU is a member of the International Association for Continuing Education and

Training (IACET), a nonprofit membership group of

over 650 organizations and individuals involved in

continuing education. As such, DAU is an authorized provider of Continuing Education Units (CEUs),

a measure of continuing education participation for

many professional associations and organizations.

CEUs can also be converted to Continuous Learning Points (CLPs) to meet the DoD continuous

learning requirements. Generally, 1 CEU equals 10

CLPs. (Please note that CEUs are not measures of

academic credit. See Appendix C for DAU courses

eligible for academic credit.)

The following table provides the CEUs for each

DAU-sponsored course, which may be applied toward professional requirements. For more information on CEUs, contact Mr. Corey Davis at (703)

805-3576 or corey.davis@dau.mil. For updates go to

http://www.dau.mil/learning/apph.aspx.

CONTINUING EDUCATION UNITS (FOR COURSES TAKEN AFTER 1 JANUARY 1997)

Course CEUs

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

through 6/1/97 .............................................................................................................................................. 5.4

6/2/97—1/31/99........................................................................................................................................... 4.7

beginning 2/1/99 .......................................................................................................................................... 2.5

ACQ 201 Intermediate Systems Acquisition

through 6/1/97 ............................................................................................................................................ 13.7

6/2/97—9/30/99 ......................................................................................................................................... 9.9

10/1/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 9.4

3/2/01—4/12/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 9.05

4/13/01—9/30/03 ......................................................................................................................................... 7.2

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 3.7

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ....................................................................................................................................... 3.5

ACQ 401 Senior Acquisition Course.............................................................................................................................. 54.0

ACQ 402 Executive Management Course

through 8/15/03............................................................................................................................................ 9.6

ACQ 404 Systems Acquisition Management Course for General/Flag Officers .......................................... 3.2

ACQ 405 Executive Refresher Course

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 6.4

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 7.0

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis (formerly BCE 101)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 9.9

3/2/01—9/28/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 9.2

beginning 9/29/01....................................................................................................................................... 6.4

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management (formerly BFM 102)

through 2/28/00 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.4

3/1/00—3/1/01 .............................................................................................................................................. 6.5

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.8

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management (formerly BFM 201)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.0

3/2/01–4/25/03 (Resident) ....................................................................................................................... 2.9

beginning 3/3/03 (Online) ........................................................................................................................ 2.6

Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Go to http://www.dau.mil/learning/apph.aspx

for the most current information on continuing education units.
126

APPENDIX E

APPENDIX D

Course CEUs

BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management (formerly BFM 203)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 8.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 6.3

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (formerly BCE 204)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 8.9

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 9.1

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (formerly BFM 204)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.6

BCF 206 Cost Risk Analysis (formerly BCE 206)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 2.8

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.7

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (formerly BCE 207)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 2.3

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.0

BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating (formerly BCE 208)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 6.7

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 5.9

BCF 209 Acquisition Reporting Course (formerly BFM 209)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 3.2

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 4.6

10/1/99—9/30/03 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.2

beginning 2/14/05 ....................................................................................................................................... 4.2

BCF 211A Acquisition Business Management, Part A

7/1/03—1/1/05 .................................................................................................................................................. .7

BCF 211B Acquisition Business Management, Part B

10/1/03—1/14/05........................................................................................................................................... 3.5

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis

10/1/01—8/30/04 ........................................................................................................................................ 2.6

beginning 9/1/04 ........................................................................................................................................ 2.87

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 5.4

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 5.1

BCF 802 Selected Acquisition Report Review (formerly BFM 210)

through 3/1/01................................................................................................................................................ 1.8

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.2

CAR 805 Contemporary Approaches to Acquisition in the Information Age

through 9/23/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 4.0

9/24/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 3.6

3/2/01—4/4/03 .............................................................................................................................................. 3.2

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

through 6/30/03 ......................................................................................................................................... 5.75

7/1/03—9/30/04........................................................................................................................................... 3.7

beginning 10/1/04 ....................................................................................................................................... 2.8

CON 101 Basics of Contracting

through 9/30/97 ......................................................................................................................................... 15.7

10/1/97—3/1/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 16.0

3/2/01—8/16/02 (Resident) .................................................................................................................13.55

beginning 3/25/02 (Distance Learning) ..........................................................................................14.00

CON 102 Operational Level Contracting Fundamentals

through 9/30/97 ......................................................................................................................................... 14.0

CON 103 Facilities Contracting Fundamentals

through 9/30/97 ......................................................................................................................................... 15.7
127

APPENDIX D

Course CEUs

CON 104 Principles of Contract Pricing

through 3/1/01................................................................................................................................................ 7.3

3/2/01—8/23/01 ........................................................................................................................................ 9.25

8/24/01—9/30/03 ...................................................................................................................................10.89

CON 104A Principles of Contract Pricing, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 ........................................................................................................................................ 8.27

CON 104B Principles of Contract Pricing, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ..................................................................................................................................... 2.62

CON 110 Mission Support Planning ............................................................................................................................... 2.3

CON 111 Mission Support Execution ............................................................................................................................. 2.6

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................. 14.8

beginning 3/2/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 9.95

CON 204 Intermediate Contract Pricing (formerly CON 231)

through 9/30/98 ........................................................................................................................................... 5.2

10/1/98—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 5.7

beginning 3/2/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 6.45

CON 210 Government Contract Law (formerly CON 201)

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 4.9

beginning 3/2/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 6.45

CON 211 Intermediate Contracting

through 9/30/97 ......................................................................................................................................... 12.5

CON 221 Intermediate Contract Administration

through 9/30/97 ........................................................................................................................................... 5.4

CON 222 Operational Level Contract Administration

through 9/30/97 ........................................................................................................................................... 8.3

CON 223 Intermediate Facilities Contracting

through 9/30/97 ........................................................................................................................................... 8.5

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 5.8

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 6.4

CON 233 Cost Accounting Standards Workshop ....................................................................................................... 8.9

CON 234 Contingency Contracting

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 8.5

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 7.5

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 6.0

beginning 3/2/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 6.85

CON 236 Contractual Aspects of Value Engineering (formerly CON 212) ...................................................... 2.8

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures ................................................................................................................ 1.6

CON 241 Information Technology Contracting

through 9/30/97 ........................................................................................................................................... 5.4

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting

through 11/2/99 ............................................................................................................................................ 2.8

beginning 11/3/99 ....................................................................................................................................... 3.2

CON 244 Construction Contracting

through 11/2/99 ............................................................................................................................................ 2.4

11/3/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 3.2

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 3.0

CON 301 Executive Contracting

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.6

3/2/01—6/22/01 ........................................................................................................................................ 2.95

6/23/01—7/31/03 ...................................................................................................................................... 3.05

Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Go to http://www.dau.mil/learning/apph.aspx

for the most current information on continuing education units.
128

APPENDIX E

APPENDIX D

Course CEUs

CON 333 Management for Contracting Supervisors

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.2

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.8

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering ............................................................................................................ 2.4

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management ..................................................................................................... 3.9

IND 101 Contract Property Administration Fundamentals

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 5.9

3/2/01—9/30/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 6.4

IND 102 Contract Property Disposition

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.8

3/2/01—9/30/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 3.0

IND 103 Contract Property Systems Analysis Fundamentals

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 2.7

3/2/01—10/07/03 ........................................................................................................................................ 3.0

IND 201 Intermediate Contract Property Administration

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 6.7

3/2/01—9/30/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 6.4

IND 202 Contract Property Management Seminar

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 2.7

3/2/01—9/30/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 3.0

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition ...................................................................................................... 2.5

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition

through 4/30/98 ......................................................................................................................................... 12.0

5/1/98—9/23/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 7.0

beginning 9/24/99 ...................................................................................................................................... 6.3

IRM 303 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition

1/1/97—9/23/99........................................................................................................................................... 9.8

9/24/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 9.1

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 8.4

LAW 801 Acquisition Law

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 4.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.6

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 4.5

beginning 10/1/99 ....................................................................................................................................... 2.4

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals

beginning 8/20/04 .................................................................................................................................... 2.87

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics

through 10/19/00 ....................................................................................................................................... 11.4

10/20/00—3/1/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 9.8

3/2/01—9/28/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 9.2

10/1/01—9/30/03 ...................................................................................................................................... 11.2

LOG 201A Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 6.0

LOG 201B Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ....................................................................................................................................... 5.2

LOG 203 Reliability and Maintainability

through 5/6/01 ............................................................................................................................................... 1.5

beginning 5/7/01 ........................................................................................................................................... 1.7

LOG 204 Configuration Management

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 4.0

3/2/01—8/26/04 .......................................................................................................................................... 2.6

beginning 8/27/04........................................................................................................................................ 3.1

LOG 205 Provisioning

through 9/30/03 ........................................................................................................................................... 2.8
129

APPENDIX D

Course CEUs

LOG 235A Performance Based Logistics, Part A

10/1/03—9/30/04 ........................................................................................................................................ 5.0

beginning 10/1/04 ..................................................................................................................................... 5.35

LOG 235B Performance Based Logistics, Part B

10/1/03—9/30/04 ........................................................................................................................................ 3.2

beginning 10/1/04 ..................................................................................................................................... 3.75

LOG 304 Executive Life Cycle Logistics Management

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 4.9

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 3.9

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management ....................................................................................................... 3.0

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 3.2

PMT 250 Program Management Tools

through 3/1/01................................................................................................................................................ 7.2

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 8.0

PMT 302 Advanced Program Management Course

through 9/30/99 ......................................................................................................................................... 51.3

10/1/99—12/14/00..................................................................................................................................... 49.3

12/15/00—8/16/02 .................................................................................................................................... 47.9

PMT 303 Executive Program Manager's Course

through 9/30/99 ......................................................................................................................................... 12.0

10/1/99—3/1/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 15.6

3/2/01—9/30/01 ........................................................................................................................................ 12.0

PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 3.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.0

PMT 305 (See PMT 403)

PMT 352 Program Management Office Course

through 9/30/03 ......................................................................................................................................... 28.2

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 5.0

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ..................................................................................................................................... 23.2

PMT 401 The Program Manager’s Course ................................................................................................................ 31.5

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course (formerly PMT 303) ........................................................... 12.0

PMT 403 Program Manager's Skills (formerly PMT 305)

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.0

10/1/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 5.4

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.0

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

through 10/30/00 ......................................................................................................................................... 5.8

10/31/00—3/1/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.0

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 1.6

PQM 103 Defense Specification Management.......................................................................................................... 5.4

PQM 104 Specification Selection and Application ..................................................................................................... 1.2

PQM 201 Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

through 11/30/00 ......................................................................................................................................... 9.0

12/01/00—9/30/03 ...................................................................................................................................... 7.0

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 3.5

Changes and updates to these standards are posted on the DAU

Web site as they occur. Go to http://www.dau.mil/learning/apph.aspx

for the most current information on continuing education units.
130

APPENDIX E

APPENDIX D

Course CEUs

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ....................................................................................................................................... 3.5

PQM 202 Commercial and Nondevelopmental Item Acquisition Course for

Technical Personnel ............................................................................................................................................ 1.2

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Descriptions for Engineering and

Technical Personnel ........................................................................................................................................... 0.6

PQM 212 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel .............................................................. 1.2

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 9.0

10/1/99—1/28/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 6.8

beginning 1/29/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 8.3

PUR 101 Simplified Acquisition Fundamentals

through 9/30/98 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.4

PUR 201 Intermediate Simplified Acquisition Procedures

through 9/30/98 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.9

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management ................................................................................................ 2.7

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management

through 8/28/97 ......................................................................................................................................... 10.8

9/1/97—9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 7.0

10/1/99—3/1/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 10.8

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 6.4

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management

through 9/30/99 ......................................................................................................................................... 10.8

10/1/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 6.3

beginning 3/2/01 ....................................................................................................................................... 5.85

STM 201 Intermediate S&T Management

beginning 10/1/04 ........................................................................................................................................ 2.1

STM 301 Program Management for S&T Managers

10/1/03—9/30/04 ......................................................................................................................................... 2.1

STM 302 Advanced S&T Management

beginning 10/1/03 ....................................................................................................................................... 2.5

SYS 201 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 8.2

3/2/01—9/7/01 .............................................................................................................................................. 7.1

9/8/01—9/30/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 5.8

SYS 201A Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part A

beginning 7/1/03 .......................................................................................................................................... 2.6

SYS 201B Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part B

beginning 10/1/03 ....................................................................................................................................... 3.2

SYS 301 Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 6.0

10/1/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 6.2

beginning 3/2/01 .......................................................................................................................................... 7.2

TST 101 Introduction to Acquisition Workforce Test and Evaluation

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 3.2

10/1/99—10/12/00....................................................................................................................................... 3.6

beginning 10/13/00 ..................................................................................................................................... 3.0

TST 202 Intermediate Test and Evaluation

through 3/1/01............................................................................................................................................... 5.8

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.7

TST 301 Advanced Test and Evaluation

through 9/30/99 ........................................................................................................................................... 2.9

10/1/99—3/1/01 ............................................................................................................................................ 4.0

beginning 3/2/01 ......................................................................................................................................... 4.2
131

APPENDIX E

STATUTORY EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

Statutory standards for membership in the Acquisition Corps are specified in 10 U.S.C. 1732 and implemented in DoD Instruction 5000.58, “Defense Acquisition Workforce,” and DoD 5000.52-M, “Acquisition

Career Development Program.” The following is an

abbreviated summary of Acquisition Corps education standards prescribed in 10 U.S.C. 1732(b)(2):

A baccalaureate degree and either:

• 24 semester credit hours of study at an accredited institution from among the following disciplines: accounting, business finance, contracting

law, purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, and

organization and management; or

• 24 semester credit hours of study at an accredited institution in the individual’s acquisition

career field and either 12 semester credit hours

from among the above-listed disciplines or

training in these disciplines equivalent to the

12 semester credit hours.

The option to substitute equivalent training for the

12 semester credit hours in the disciplines specified

was provided by Sec. 812(e) of Public Law 102-484,

“The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal

Year 1993,” 23 October 1992, which amended Section 1732(b)(2)(B) of Title 10, United States Code.

AMERICAN COUNCIL ON EDUCATION (ACE)

RECOMMENDED CREDITS

The standard of 12 semester credit hours in the disciplines may be met by successful completion of comparable training courses, which carry an American

Council on Education (ACE) credit recommendation.

ACE credit recommendations for DAU courses are

listed in the first table of this Appendix.

ACE credit recommendations may only be used to

meet the 24 semester hour requirement in business disciplines for contracting personnel and Acquisition Corps membership if those credit recommendations have been accepted by, and appear

on, an official transcript (or comparable document)

Appendix E—Meeting Acquisition Corps

Education Standards

from an accredited institution of higher education.

The American Council on Education evaluates formal education, training programs, and courses sponsored by Service schools, other DoD organizations,

other government agencies, business, and industry,

and makes college credit recommendations. The

ACE itself does not grant academic credit; rather,

the ACE evaluates courses offered by nonaccredited

organizations and recommends the amount of course

credit judged worthy of being granted by an accredited institution.

Those planning to use ACE credit recommendations for college or university degree programs

must have their education and training experiences reviewed by their institution’s admissions

officer.

Courses bearing ACE credit recommendations are

offered at DoD schools, other Federal agencies, and

through commercially sponsored programs. Descriptions of these courses, along with their corresponding credit hour recommendations and subject area

designations, are contained in four volumes published by the ACE: The Guide to the Evaluation of

Educational Experiences in the Armed Services (three

volumes) and The National Guide to Educational

Credit for Training Programs (one volume), which

contain courses offered by other Federal agencies

and the private sector. ACE guides are typically

available in civilian personnel training offices and in

DoD education centers.

COLLEGE CREDIT HOURS FOR DAU COURSES

The following table shows the current ACE college

credit hours recommended for DAU courses as semester hours and applicable date restrictions. For

more information or for DAU courses taken prior to

the dates listed in this chart, please refer to the

Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in

the Armed Services, located at your education center,

college, or online at http://www.acenet.edu. For

updates to these recommendations, consult the online DAU Catalog at http://www.dau.mil/catalog.

The DAU point of contact for the University’s ACE

accreditation is Mr. Corey Davis; he can be reached

at (703) 805-3576, DSN 655-3576, or by e-mail at

corey.davis@dau.mil.
132

APPENDIX E

AMERICAN COUNCIL ON EDUCATION (ACE) RECOMMENDED

COLLEGE CREDIT HOURS FOR DAU COURSES

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management DD-1408-0030

(Distance Learning) Version II

ACQ 201 Intermediate Systems Acquisition Management (Hybrid) DD-1408-0020

Version II

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis DD-1115-0001

Version II

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management (Online) DD-1401-0001

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis DD-1408-0047

BCF 208 Software Cost Estimating DD-1402-0005

Version II

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management DD-1408-0034

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis DD-1401-0002

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop DD-1408-0017

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements DD-1405-0009

CON 101 Basics of Contracting (Distance Learning) DD-1404-0005

CON 104 Principles of Contract Pricing (Hybrid) DD-1405-0011

CON 202 Intermediate Contracting DD-1405-0007

CON 204 Intermediate Contract Pricing DD-1405-0006

(Formerly CON 231, Intermediate Contract Pricing) Version II

CON 210 Government Contract Law DD-0326-0007

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts DD-1408-0045

CON 234 Contingency Contracting DD-1408-0033

CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing DD-1405-0008

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition DD-1408-0036

(Distance Learning)

IRM 201 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition DD-0326-0006

 CURRENT DAU COURSES AND ACE RECOMMENDATIONS

Course ACE

Number Course Title Identifier
133

APPENDIX E

11/98–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate/associate category

4/01–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate category

10/01–Present 3 semester hours, lower division Introduction to Applied Statistics, Cost

baccalaureate/associate category Estimating, and Analysis

4/03–Present 1 semester hour, lower division Financial Management

baccalaureate/associate category

4/00—Present 3 semester hours, upper division Applied Statistics or Cost Estimating

baccalaureate category

5/97–Present 3 semester hours, lower division Acquisition and Cost Estimating

baccalaureate/associate category

4/98–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Contract Management

baccalaureate/associate category

10/01–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Financial Management

baccalaureate/associate category

6/96–Present 2 semester hours, upper division Financial Management

baccalaureate category

6/02–6/03 2 semester hours, upper division Materials Management

baccalaureate category

3/02–Present 3 semester hours, lower division Contract Management

baccalaureate/associate category

6/01–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Acquisition/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

10/97–Present 4 semester hours, upper division Contract Management

baccalaureate category

4/99–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Quantitative Methods, Quantitative

baccalaureate category Analysis, Cost and Pricing Techniques or

Contract Costing

1/97–Present 2 semester hours, upper division Public Sector Contract Law

baccalaureate category

1/99–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Cost Accounting

baccalaureate category

5/99–Present 3 semester hours Contract Management and

graduate category International Management

1/98–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Advanced Applied Statistics

baccalaureate category

9/99–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Acquisition Management or

baccalaureate/associate category Business Management

10/95–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Acquisition of Information Systems

baccalaureate category as an elective in a Management

Information Systems Program

CURRENT DAU COURSES AND ACE RECOMMENDATIONS

Effective Recommended College Credit Hours

Dates for DAU Courses Specialty Area
134

APPENDIX E

IRM 303 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition DD-0326-0005

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals DD-1405-0010

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics DD-0326-0010

LOG 304 Executive Acquisition Logistics Management DD-0326-0004

PMT 250 Program Management Tools DD-1408-0048

PMT 305; Program Manager’s Skills DD-1408-0021

PMT 403 (Formerly PMT 305, Program Manager’s Survival)

PMT 352 Program Management Office DD-1408-0046

PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course DD-1408-0044

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course DD-1408-0019

PQM 103 Defense Specification Management DD-1408-0029

PQM 201 Intermediate Production, Quality and Manufacturing DD-1408-0042

PQM 301; Advanced Production, Quality and Manufacturing (Formerly Defense DD-1408-0010

PRD 301 Acquisition Engineering, Manufacturing, and Quality Control)

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management DD-1408-0037

(Distance Learning)

SAM 201 Intermediate Software Acquisition Management DD-1408-0013

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management DD-1402-0004

Version II

SYS 201 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development DD-1408-0043

and Engineering (Hybrid)

SYS 301 Advanced Systems Planning, Research, Development DD-1408-0016

and Engineering

TST 101 Introduction to Acquisition Workforce Test and Evaluation DD-1408-0050

TST 202 Intermediate Test and Evaluation DD-1408-0022

CURRENT DAU COURSES AND ACE RECOMMENDATIONS (Continued)

Course ACE

Number Course Title Identifier
135

APPENDIX E

10/95–Present 3 semester hours Management of Information Systems

graduate category Acquisition as an elective in a Management

Information Systems Program

10/99–Present 1 semester hour, lower division Supply Management

baccalaureate/associate category

10/01–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Logistics Management or

baccalaureate category or Advanced Logistics Management

2 semester hours, graduate category

(Only one of the above can be granted.)

8/96–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Channel Management and Logistics

baccalaureate category

8/96–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Project Management

baccalaureate category

6/96–Present 1 semester hour Program Management

graduate category

6/02–Present 6 semester hours, upper division 3 in Principles of Management and

baccalaureate category 3 in Operations Management

3 semester hours, graduate category Acquisitions Management

1/03–Present 9 semester hours Strategic Management or

graduate category Capstone Management

8/94–Present 3 semester hours Program Management

graduate category

4/98–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Procurement

baccalaureate/associate category

12/00–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Production and Operations Management

baccalaureate category

10/93–Present 3 semester hours Business Administration or

graduate category Technical Management

12/98–Present 2 semester hours, lower division Software Systems Procurement

baccalaureate/associate category Management

6/96–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate category

1/98–Present 2 semester hours, upper division Management Information Systems

baccalaureate category

9/01–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Systems Engineering

baccalaureate category

6/96–Present 3 semester hours Technical Management

graduate category

10/00–Present 1 semester hour, lower division Quality Control

baccalaureate/associate category

8/96–Present 3 semester hours, upper division Data Analysis and Modeling

baccalaureate category

CURRENT DAU COURSES AND ACE RECOMMENDATIONS (Continued)

Effective Recommended College Credit Hours

Dates for DAU Courses Specialty Area
136

APPENDIX E

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management DD-1408-0012

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management DD-1408-0030

Version I

ACQ 201 Intermediate Systems Acquisition DD-1408-0020

Version I

ACQ 201; Intermediate Systems Acquisition (Acquisition Basics) DD-1408-0011

PMT 201;

DSMC-37

BCF 101 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis DD-1115-0001

(formerly BCE 101, Fundamentals of Cost Analysis) (refer to 1998 ACE Guide) Version I

BCF 102 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management DD-1408-0027 { BCF 203 Intermediate Earned Value Management DD-1408-0028

BFM 102 Contract Performance Management Fundamentals DD-1408-0014 { BFM 203 Intermediate Contract Performance Management DD-1408-0015

CON 101 Basics of Contracting (Resident Version) DD-1408-0032

(formerly CON 101, Contracting Fundamentals)

CON 101 Contracting Fundamentals by Correspondence AR-0326-0054

Version II

CON 101 Contracting Fundamentals AR-0326-0053

(Management of Defense Acquisition Contracts Basic) Version II

CON 102 Operational Level Contracting Fundamentals DD-1405-0003

CON 103 Facilities Contracting Fundamentals DD-1402-0009

CON 104 Principles of Contract Pricing (Resident Version) DD-1405-0004

(formerly CON 104, Contract Pricing)

CON 105 Operational Level Contract Pricing DD-1405-0001

CON 106 Facilities Contracts Pricing DD-1402-0008

CON 211 Intermediate Contracting AR-0326-0057

CON 211; Intermediate Pre-Award Contracting AR-0326-0010

8D-F12 (Management of Defense Acquisition Contracts Advanced)

(Management of Acquisition Contracts Advanced)

CON 221 Intermediate Contract Administration DD-1405-0005

CON 223 Intermediate Facilities Contracting DD-1402-0007

COURSES STILL VALID FOR CREDIT BUT NO LONGER OFFERED

Course ACE

Number Course Title Identifier
137

APPENDIX E

9/94–5/97 3 semester hours, lower division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate/associate category

6/97–1/99 3 semester hours, lower division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate/associate category

6/96–4/01 4 semester hours, upper division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate category

10/90–5/96 4 semester hours, upper division Systems Management

baccalaureate category

6/96–9/01 3 semester hours, lower division Introduction to Applied Statistics,

baccalaureate/associate category Cost Estimating and Analysis

10/97–12/03 3 semester hours, lower division Management

baccalaureate/associate category

12/97–12/03 (Both courses must be completed.)

7/95–10/97 3 semester hours, upper division Management

baccalaureate category

3/96–10/97 (Both courses must be completed.)

10/97–8/02 3 semester hours, lower division Contract Management

baccalaureate/associate category

10/93–3/97 3 semester hours, upper division Logistics Management

baccalaureate category

10/93–3/97 3 semester hours, upper division Logistics Management

baccalaureate category

3/95–9/97 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

10/96–9/97 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

1/93–9/02 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

1/95–9/97 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

10/96–9/97 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

6/94–4/99 2 semester hours, upper division Contract Management

baccalaureate category or

1 semester hour, graduate category

(Only one of the above can be granted.)

1/90–5/94 2 semester hours, upper division Acquisition Management

baccalaureate category or

1 semester hour, graduate category Contract Management

(Only one of the above can be granted.)

6/96–9/97 2 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

11/96–9/97 2 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

COURSES STILL VALID FOR CREDIT BUT NO LONGER OFFERED

Effective Recommended College Credit Hours

Dates for DAU Courses Specialty Are
138

APPENDIX E

COURSES STILL VALID FOR CREDIT BUT NO LONGER OFFERED (Continued)

Course ACE

Number Course Title Identifier

CON 231 Intermediate Contract Pricing DD-1405-0006

Version I

CON 233 Cost Accounting Standards Workshop AR-1401-0021

Version II

CON 241 Automated Information Systems Contracting DD-1402-0006

IND 101 Contract Property Administration DD-0331-0002

IND 201 Intermediate Contract Property Administration DD-0331-0001

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics DD-0326-0009

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics AR-0326-0055

Version II

LOG 202; Logistics Support Analysis AR-0326-0056

ALMC-LR (Defense Basic Logistics Support Analysis)

LOG 205; Provisioning AR-1405-0221

ALMC-AH (Army Provisioning Process) Version II

N/A Program Management DD-1408-0002

PMT 301 Program Management DD-1408-0007

PMT 302 Advanced Program Management DD-1408-0018

PMT 303 Executive Program Manager’s Course DD-1408-0019

PMT 341 Systems Acquisition for Contracting Personnel DD-1408-0009

(Executive)

PQM 103; Defense Specification Management AR-1408-0035

ALM-34-0235 Version II
139

APPENDIX E

COURSES STILL VALID FOR CREDIT BUT NO LONGER OFFERED (Continued)

Effective Recommended College Credit Hours

Dates for DAU Courses Specialty Area

4/95–1/99 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement/Supply Management

baccalaureate category

10/93–3/03 2 semester hours, upper division Cost Accounting Standards

baccalaureate category

4/93–9/98 3 semester hours, upper division Management Information Systems

baccalaureate category

1/99–9/03 3 semester hours, upper division Contract Property Administration or

baccalaureate category Real Property or Real Estate

1/99–9/03 3 semester hours, upper division Contract Property Administration or

baccalaureate category Real Property or Real Estate

3/99–9/01 3 semester hours, upper division Procurement or Logistics Management

baccalaureate category

9/91–5/97 2 semester hours, upper division Procurement

baccalaureate category or

1 semester hour, graduate category Advanced Logistics Management

1/90–1/96 2 semester hours, upper division Materiel Acquisition Process and

baccalaureate category or Support Systems

1 semester hour, graduate category

(Only one of the above can be granted.)

1/93–9/03 3 semester hours, lower division Supply Management

baccalaureate/associate category

1/73–1/90 3 semester hours, upper division 2 in Managerial Finance and

baccalaureate category 1 in General Management

6 semester hours 6 in Defense Program and Project Managegraduate category ment if the student has already completed

Program Management for Functional

Managers (Program Management for

Contract Administration), otherwise,

9 in Defense Program and Project

Management

2/90–6/95 2 semester hours, upper division Financial Planning and Analysis

baccalaureate category

9 semester hours 3 in Leadership and Group Decision Process;

graduate category 3 in Systems Management; and

3 in Survey of Program/Operations/

Manufacturing Management

3/95–8/02 9 semester hours 3 in Financial Management;

graduate category 3 in Operations Management; and

3 in Technical Management

8/94–2/01 3 semester hours Program Management

graduate category

1/90–9/97 3 semester hours Procurement Management

graduate category

5/93–3/98 1 semester hour, lower division Procurement

baccalaureate/associate category
140

APPENDIX E

Acquisition SEM

Education DSST or CLEP Credit

Requirement Examination Hours

Accounting DSST 525 - Principles of Financial Accounting 3

Business Finance DSST 524 - Principles of Finance 3

Economics CLEP 036 - Principles of Macroeconomics 3

CLEP 037 - Principles of Microeconomics 3

Law DSST 534 - Business Law II 3

Marketing CLEP 023 - Principles of Marketing 3

Organization and DSST 530 - Personnel/Human Resources Management 3

Management

DSST 531 - Organization Behavior 3

Quantitative Methods DSST 450 - Principles of Statistics 3

Employees who are required to have 24 semester

credit hours in the business disciplines to qualify for

the Acquisition Corps or for contracting positions

may meet all or part of the credit hour requirement

through successful completion of examinations administered by the Defense Activity for Non-Traditional

Education Support (DANTES).

Whenever semester credit hours are required for certification, DANTES examinations may be substituted.

DANTES sponsors the College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) and DANTES Subject Standardized

Tests (DSSTs) through the College Board and the

Educational Testing Service (ETS). Seven tests are

available, and a passing score on an examination

qualifies for 3 semester credit hours toward the Acquisition Corps education standard.

Tests are administered to eligible personnel at

military education offices that have DANTES Test

Centers. A directory of military education offices is

available on the DANTES Web site (http://www.

voled.doded.mil/). Follow the links to DANTES,

Examination Programs, and Test Center Lookup.

The following table provides information on the

tests and the credit hours that may be applied toward the Acquisition Corps education standards.

COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP)

DANTES SUBJECT STANDARDIZED TESTS (DSST)

COLLEGE CREDIT THROUGH EXAMINATION
141

APPENDIX F

Appendix F—Other Products and

Services Provided by DAU

The University’s mission is to provide practitioner

training, career management, and services to

enable the Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics

(AT&L) community to make smart business decisions

and deliver timely and affordable capabilities to the

warfighter. Accordingly, in addition to classroom and

online training, DAU offers other valuable products

and services. This Appendix provides some information on those products and services as well as Web

addresses for more details on each.

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS

DAU has established numerous strategic partnerships with academic institutions, corporate universities, other government agencies, professional organizations, and industry. While each partnership is

unique in what it offers, the objective of all partnerships is to provide students with opportunities

to maximize their academic accomplishments. In

most cases, students may apply credit for DAU

courses toward a graduate, undergraduate, or certificate program offered by a strategic partner.

Similarly, credit for college classes can be applied

toward DAWIA certification (see Appendix C) or

DoD continuous learning requirements. DAU is

working to ensure that opportunities are offered

at both the undergraduate and graduate degree

levels and in disciplines that are important to

DAWIA certification for all career fields. For example, our partnership with the Florida Institute

of Technology emphasizes business-related programs, such as Acquisition Management and Contract Management. Our partnership with Georgetown University can lead to an Executive Master’s

Degree in Public Policy Management or certificates in various programs. Also, DAU has an

agreement with George Mason University, which

focuses on logistics programs, and one with

Stevens Institute of Technology, which concentrates on Systems Engineering.

A list showing some of DAU’s Strategic Partners and

the types of agreements we share with them is on

the following page.

For an updated list of DAU’s partners and links to

their respective Web sites, visit the DAU Home

Page at http://www.dau.mil.
142

APPENDIX F

Master’s Bachelor’s Associate Certificate

DAU Strategic Partners

American Graduate University ✔ ✔

Bethune-Cookman College ✔

Central Michigan University ✔

Eastern Michigan University ✔✔ ✔

Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University ✔ ✔

ESI Intl., Inc. and George Washington University ✔

Florida Institute of Technology ✔ ✔

George Mason University ✔ ✔

Georgetown University ✔ ✔

Grambling State University ✔

Howard University ✔ ✔

Mary Washington College ✔ ✔

Northern Virginia Community College ✔ ✔

Old Dominion University ✔

Stevens Institute of Technology ✔ ✔

Strayer University ✔✔✔

The Catholic University of America ✔ ✔

The University of Alabama at Huntsville ✔✔ ✔

Touro University International ✔ ✔

Tuskegee University ✔ ✔

University of Alabama in Huntsville ✔

University of Alaska at Anchorage ✔✔✔

University of California at Irvine ✔ ✔

University of California, Los Angeles ✔

University of Management and Technology ✔✔ ✔

University of Maryland University College ✔✔ ✔

University of Phoenix ✔

University of Virginia ✔

Villanova University ✔

Wilberforce University ✔
143

APPENDIX F

APPLIED RESEARCH

The fundamental purpose of DAU’s research program is to improve the DoD acquisition process and

its management. The scope of applied research topics encompasses policy, process, education, management, leadership, and functional area initiatives

generated by the DoD AT&L community.

Research projects are conducted by the DAU faculty

in partnership with acquisition practitioners, universities, nonprofit organizations, and private industry. 

Utility is determined by direct application of a viable

product that supports DoD goals and priorities. Selected participants from within the Services, DAU

strategic partners, and DAU faculty develop new

and innovative concepts for systems acquisition.

For more information about the research program

at DAU, visit our Web site at http://www.dau.mil/

research_main.asp; join us in the Acquisition Research Community of Practice (http://pmcop.dau.

mil/simplify/ev.php, special interest area: Acquisition Research); or contact Dr. Beryl Harman, Research Program Director, at beryl.harman@dau.mil.

PUBLICATIONS

The DAU Press offers a wide range of publications

to the AT&L community. DAU students and government employees can obtain a free single copy from

the DAU Publications Distribution Center in Bldg.

231, Room 9, at the DAU Capital/Northeast Region.

A written request on government letterhead is preferred for these free government single copies.

Please send requests to DAU, ATTN: PDC, 9820 Belvoir Road, Suite 3, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565. Call

(703) 805-2743 or fax requests to (703) 805-3726.

Anyone requesting multiple copies of these publications (including government employees and private

contractors) must order them through the Government Printing Office (GPO) or arrange payment

through the DAU Press using a government transfer

of funds or check payable to the U.S. Treasury.

To obtain a free subscription to the Defense AT&L

magazine and/or Defense Acquisition Review Journal,

go to http://www.dau.mil/pubs/pubs-main.asp

and select “Subscribe” (a link listed under the periodicals). Complete the subscription and mail it as instructed. Requests made by e-mail and fax can no

longer be accepted due to U.S. Postal Service regulations. If you are unable to access the form, call the

DAU Press at (703) 805-3364 for assistance.

Orders and Prices—If you do not qualify for a free

single copy from the DAU Press or if you need multiple copies, you have several options. You can buy

copies directly from DAU at the address above using

an inter-Agency MIPR or by writing a check payable

to the U.S. Treasury, reimbursable to DAU. Other options follow:

GPO Orders—You may order some DAU and DSMC

publications from the Government Printing Office

(GPO). In the following publications list, items available through GPO include a GPO serial number. To

order these publications send a check (in the appropriate amount) or provide a VISA or Master Card

number and expiration date to: Superintendent of

Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-

7954. You may order using a credit card by calling

(202) 512-1800 weekdays from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.

eastern time. Orders may also be faxed 24 hours a

day to (202) 512-2250, or visit their Web site at

http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cgp/index.html.

DTIC and NTIS Orders—The Defense Technical Information Center (DTIC) provides copies to the government, and the National Technical Information

Service (NTIS) provides copies to private industry.

Paper or microfiche versions can be requested from

NTIS. Many out-of-print publications are available

only from these organizations. Information on ordering documents from DTIC and NTIS follows:

DTIC Registration—Who is eligible? Any employee

of a DoD organization, DoD contractor or potential

DoD contractor; any employee of a U.S. Federal Government agency or U.S. Federal Government contractor; and any university or college funded by DoD, or

a U.S. Federal Government agency for research

throughout the United States are eligible.

If you are not eligible, view citations to unclassified/unlimited technical reports included in DTIC’s collection since late December 1974 through DTIC’s Public

STINET service. Place orders through the NTIS.

All eligible registrants may request a DTIC Registration Packet by contacting DTIC Registration as indicated below:

• DoD or Military Service Organizations – Register

by telephone or e-mail. If access to classified information is needed, complete DD Form 1540

(Registration for Scientific and Technical Information

Services) and obtain the necessary signatures.

• Non-DoD U.S. Government Agencies – Register by

telephone or e-mail. If access to unclassified/limited or classified information is desired, complete

DD Form 1540 (Registration for Scientific and Technical Information Services) and obtain the necessary signatures.

• DoD or U.S. Government Contractors—Contact

DTIC’s Registration Branch to request the complete registration kit. Contractors must complete

DD Form 1540 (Registration for Scientific and Technical Information Services) and obtain the necessary signatures. For export-controlled information,

the contractor must complete DD Form 2345 (Militarily Critical Technical Data Agreement) in addition

to DD Form 1540.
144

APPENDIX F

Comparison of the Defense Acquisition Systems of Australia, Japan, South Korea, Singapore and the

United States (2000), ISBN 1-893833-01-1, HP

Comparison of the Defense Acquisition Systems of

France, Great Britain, Germany and the United

States (2000), ISBN 1-893833-01-1, HP

The Falcon and the Mirage: Managing for Combat

Effectiveness (2001), ISBN 1-893833-04-7, HP

The Fourth Estate: The Impact of Mass Communications

on Defense Systems Acquisition Decision Making

(2002), HP

Glossary of Defense Acquisition Acronyms and Terms,

11th ed. (2003), GPO 008-020-01530-0, ISBN 0-

16-067929-X, HP

Incentive Strategies for Defense Acquisitions (OSD,

2001), HP

Indirect Cost Management Guide: Navigating the Sea

of Overhead (1999), 3d ed. (2001) available online

only), HP

Introduction to Defense Acquisition Management, 6th

ed. (2003), ISBN 0-16-048681-5, HP

Joint Program Management Handbook, 3d ed (2004),

HP

Knowledge Management and Information Technology

(2002), HP

Performance-Based Services Acquisition (PBSA) in the

Department of Defense (OSD, 2001), GPO 008-020-

01501-6, HP

(DAU) Program Managers Tool Kit, 13th ed. (2004),

GPO 008-020-01535-1, HP

Risk Management Guide (2003), GPO 008-020-01526-

1, HP

Scheduling Guide for Program Managers (2001), GPO

008-020-01503-2, HP

Systems Engineering Fundamentals (2001), HP

Test and Evaluation Management Guide (2001), GPO

008-020-01504-1, HP

Other Current Publications

Defense Acquisition Management Framework, DSMC

Chart #3000R4, 2001 (obsolete), HP (replacement

chart reflecting the new 5000 series expected by

Oct 2004)

Defense Acquisition University Annual Report FY 2004, HP

Defense Acquisition University Strategic Plan FY

2004—2009, HP

Defense Acquisition University 2005 Catalog (on HP

Oct 2004) (For printed copies, call Student Services at 1-888-284-4906 after Nov 2004.)

Military Research Fellows Report—From Chaos to Clarity: How Current Cost-Based Strategies Are Undermining the Department of Defense (Sept 2001),

GPO 008-020-01500-8, ISBN 0-16-066434-9, HP

Military Research Fellows Report—Transatlantic Armaments Cooperation (1999–2000), GPO 008-020-

01484-2, HP

Military Research Fellows Report—Program Management 2000: Know the Way—How Knowledge Management Can Improve DoD Acquisition (1998–

1999), GPO 008-020-01479-6, HP

• DoD Potential Contractors – Register with only

one agency or program to acquire DTIC services.

The mailing address for DTIC Registration follows:

ATTN: DTIC-BC (Registration), Defense Technical Information Center, 8725 John J. Kingman Road, Fort

Belvoir, VA 22060-6218. Call (703) 767-8273/DSN

427-8273 or the toll free number, 1-800-CAL-DTIC

(225-3842) (menu selection 2 for Registration Product Information). DTIC Registration can also be contacted by fax at (703) 767-9459/DSN 427-9459 or

by e-mail at reghelp@dtic.mil.

NTIS Registration – If you are NOT eligible to

register with DTIC, you can view citations to many

unclassified/unlimited technical reports included in

DTIC’s Public STINET service. In addition, DTIC’s extensive full-text collection is currently available for

downloading. For hard copies or an alternative format, order unclassified/unlimited documents from

the National Technical Information Service (NTIS),

5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. For

more information call 1-800-553-NTIS (6847) or go

to NTIS’s Web site at http://www.ntis.gov.

Publications—The following list includes the code

“HP” if the document is available on the DAU Home

Page at http://www.dau.mil/pubs/Online_Pubs.asp.

DAU Catalogs, order free by e-mail from the DAU Student Services Office at dau.registrar@dau.mil or

call 1-888-284-4906, HP

Defense Acquisition Review Journal (formerly Acquisition Review Quarterly), order free through the

DAU Press, (703) 805-3364, HP

Defense AT&L magazine (formerly Program Manager

magazine), order free through the DAU Press,

(703) 805-3364, HP

Current Guidebooks

If there is a GPO code mentioned below, call GPO

for current pricing.

Acquisition Guide for Interactive Electronic Technical

Manual (2000), GPO 008-020-01482-6, HP

Acquisition Strategy Guide (1999), GPO 008-020-

01478-8

Commercial Item Acquisition: Considerations and Lessons Learned (OSD, 2000), GPO 008-020-01485-1
Key Phone Numbers and Internet Addresses

President ...................................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-3360

DSN .............................................................................................................................................................. 655-3360

Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-2639

Vice President ............................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-2525

Pentagon Liaison ........................................................................................................................................... (703) 614-1509

Commandant ............................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-2828

Executive Officer ...........................................................................................................................................(703) 805-3361

Senior Enlisted Advisor .............................................................................................................................. (703) 805-3169

Executive Institute ....................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-4857

Performance and Resource Management ........................................................................................... (703) 805-4857

Planning, Policy, and Leadership Support ........................................................................................... (703) 805-2289

General Counsel .......................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-5402

Human Capital Management .................................................................................................................... (703) 805-3166

Learning Programs and Technology...................................................................................................... (703) 805-2525

Curricula Development and Support Center ...................................................................................... (703) 805-4984

e-Learning and Technologies Center ..................................................................................................... (703) 805-5426

Library and Knowledge Repository ....................................................................................................... (703) 805-2293

Acquisition Workforce and Career Management ............................................................................... (703) 805-2155

Operations Group ........................................................................................................................................ (703) 805-5182

Regional Campuses and DSMC — School of Program Managers

DAU West Region (San Diego, CA)................................................................................................. (619) 524-4800

DAU Midwest Region (Kettering, OH — Near Wright-Patterson AFB)................................... (937) 781-1025

DAU South Region (Huntsville, AL)................................................................................................ (256) 722-1100

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region (California, MD — Near Patuxent River NAS) ............................. (240) 895-7344

DAU Capital and Northeast Region (Fort Belvoir, VA)..............................................................(703) 805-2764

DSMC – School of Program Managers (Fort Belvoir, VA) ...................................................... (703) 805-2436

DAU Press ...................................................................................................................................................... (703) 805-3364

DAU Student Services ................................................................................................................................ (703) 805-3003

DSN ................................................................................................................................................................. 655-3003

Toll-free number in U.S. .................................................................................................................1-888-284-4906

E-mail address ........................................................................................................................ dau.registrar@dau.mil

DAU Home Page ................................................................................................................................ http://www.dau.mil